1-877-275-7048|Free delivery — 48 states|20-year warranty on 12ga
In Stock & Ready to Ship | Lead Time: 4–8 Weeks | RTO from $49/mo

Metal Carports & Carport Kits For Sale

Shop 35+ prefab steel carport sizes from $1,195. Regular, A-Frame & vertical roof styles in 12 or 14 gauge. Free delivery & professional installation on every tubular steel order across all 48 states.

$1,195
Starting Price
35+
Sizes In Stock
20yr
Warranty — 12ga
48
States Covered
Factory-Direct Pricing
20-Year Warranty — 12 Gauge
A+ BBB Accredited Since 2004
Free Delivery — All 48 States
Free Professional Installation Included
RTO & Easy Financing from $49/mo
Balance Due After Install — Not Before
35+ Carport Sizes In Stock
Factory-Direct Pricing
20-Year Warranty — 12 Gauge
A+ BBB Accredited Since 2004
Free Delivery — All 48 States
Free Professional Installation Included
RTO & Easy Financing from $49/mo
Balance Due After Install — Not Before
35+ Carport Sizes In Stock

Filter Carports

Filters
Product Vehicles
Filter by State

Showing 1881–1920 of 2723 resultsSorted by price: low to high

Dark green metal shed studio at evening with string lights and wreath on french doors

22×36 She Shed Studio

792 sq ft for compact garage, RV cover, or carport

22′ x 36′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 22×36 steel building delivers 792 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.

22×36 She Shed Studio | Steel and Stud, From $11,700

12

22×36 She Shed Studio
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$13,350$11,700SAVE $1,650
or $244/mo · $0 down · no credit check

HomeMetal Buildings22×36She Shed Studio

★★★★★4.8(verified buyers)✓ Verified Buyers

22×36 She Shed Studio, built for hobby and recreational use.

Looking for a 22×36 she shed studio? At 792 sq ft, this footprint suits home gyms, hunting cabins, or backyard retreats. Homeowners convert the 22×36 into a backyard studio for pottery, quilting, or yoga. French doors.

You’re viewing:She Shed Studio·Size22×36·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$11,700$13,350Save $1,650
or as low as $244/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You’ll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request, no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 22×36
22×35
smaller
$11,350
22×36
this size
$11,700
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7′
8′
9′
10′ +$340
12′ +$640
14′ +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray

🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️

Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪

Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟

Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶

Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🌡️

Insulation Packageyear-round comfort & energy savings
🔩

Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋

Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness

Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method

Electrical Pre-Wireconduit run for licensed electrician
Customizations selected:
Customization subtotal:+$485
  • 792 sq ft enclosed
  • 14 GA Frame
  • French Doors
  • 5 Windows
  • 180 mph wind certified
  • 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-22X36-SHE-SHED-STUDIOBuilt:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
🛡️
A+
BBB Accredited
4.8/5
customer rating
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
15,000+
Buildings
🇺🇸
48
States Served
We’ve provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your finished retreat layout.

22 feet wide × 36 feet long. Looking for a 22×36 she shed studio? At 792 sq ft, this footprint suits home gyms, hunting cabins, or backyard retreats.

Main loungeWet bar / Kitch.Bath / Storage22′ × 36′ · 792 sq ft · finished retreat layout

Main lounge · Wet bar / Kitch. · Bath / Storage

Main lounge at the front, wet bar / kitch. in the middle, bath / storage at the rear. Homeowners convert the 22×36 into a backyard studio for pottery, quilting, or yoga.

💡 Pro tip:Galvalume Roof.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 22×36 She Shed Studio in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer, drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim, mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote, what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
, or,

📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)

WHAT’S INCLUDED

Everything in your She Shed Studio.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
792 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 22×36 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

She Shed Studio spec sheet.

Width22′
Length36′ + 6" overhang
Side height9′ standard
Floor space792 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use She Shed Studio.

DAILY USEEveryday she shed studio
Everyday she shed studio
792 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a she shed studio.
STORAGE OVERFLOWshe shed studio + seasonal storage
she shed studio + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add a partition, electrical, or insulation later.

FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

22×36 She Shed Studio, what makes it different.

792sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$244/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 22×36 she shed studio is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use, not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install, really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all, fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $244/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 22×36?

792 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial, fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 22′ × 36′ footprint with 792 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $6,336–$9,504 added home value

PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from She Shed Studio shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 22×36 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes, free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What’s the typical lead time for a 22×36 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month’s payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What’s covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud’s 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 22×36 She Shed Studio buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 22×36 She Shed Studio

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review


HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 15,000+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day, usually in under 8 minutes.

Complete your She Shed Studio · Save 10% bundled

These add-ons ship and install with the same crew.

Browse all 28 add-ons →

Bundle & Save

🏗️
Concrete Pad Pour
23×37×4″ slab to engineered spec.
$3,564+ Add
Most Added

🌡
R-19 Insulation Package
Roof & wall batt, vinyl-faced.
$1,795+ Add
💧
Gutter & Downspout Kit
Seamless aluminum, color-matched.
$485+ Add
200-Amp Sub-Panel Pre-Wire
Conduit + sub-panel housing.
$695+ Add
CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose She Shed Studio also viewed:

🏡 22×36

Two-Car Detached Garage

22×36 two-car detached garage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$11,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Two-Car Detached Garage →

🏡 22×36

Metal Workshop with 220V

22×36 metal workshop with 220v configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$11,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Metal Workshop with 220V →

🎯 22×36

RV Cover with Storage Bay

22×36 rv cover with storage bay configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$11,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize RV Cover with Storage Bay →

🌾 22×36

Hobby Farm Equipment Barn

22×36 hobby farm equipment barn configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$12,350Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Hobby Farm Equipment Barn →

🌾 22×36

Two-Stall Horse Barn

22×36 two-stall horse barn configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$12,350Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Two-Stall Horse Barn →

🏢 22×36

Detached Shop for Contractors

22×36 detached shop for contractors configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,550Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Detached Shop for Contractors →

🏡 22×36

Garage + Man Cave Combo

22×36 garage + man cave combo configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$11,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Garage + Man Cave Combo →

🏭 22×36

Small Fabrication Bay

22×36 small fabrication bay configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,950Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Small Fabrication Bay →

🌾 22×36

Hay & Implement Storage

22×36 hay & implement storage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$12,350Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Hay & Implement Storage →

🏢 22×36

Self-Storage Annex

22×36 self-storage annex configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,550Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Self-Storage Annex →

🏛️ 22×36

Volunteer Fire Apparatus Bay

22×36 volunteer fire apparatus bay configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,650Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Volunteer Fire Apparatus Bay →

FREQUENTLY ASKED

She Shed Studio questions, answered.

How much does a 22×36 she shed studio cost?

A 22×36 she shed studio from Steel and Stud starts at $11,700 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $244/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 22×36 she shed studio price?

Yes, every Steel and Stud she shed studio ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 22×36 she shed studio?

Almost always for 792+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud she shed studio different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates, no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 22×36 she shed studio need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don’t already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 22×36 she shed studio delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available, call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 22×36 she shed studio without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month’s payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $244/month on a 22×36 she shed studio.

What warranty comes with the 22×36 she shed studio?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 22×36 she shed studio in 3D before I order?

Yes, our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Can I insulate the 22×36 she shed studio for year-round use?

Yes, Steel and Stud offers R-13 wall + R-19 ceiling insulation packages, and the interior is drywall-ready. Most owners finish a she shed studio to a livable retreat in 2–3 weekends. Add a mini-split HVAC at checkout for full four-season comfort.

Ready to build?

Your She Shed Studio quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We’ll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install





$11,700.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from \/mo — No credit check
Dark green metal shed studio at evening with string lights and wreath on french doors

22×36 She Shed Studio

792 sq ft for compact garage, RV cover, or carport

22′ x 36′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 22×36 steel building delivers 792 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
Leg height adjustable up to 20'

$11,700.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from /mo — No credit check
Steel structure interior fitted as a contractor shop with lumber racks, workbench, and power tools

22×36 Small Fabrication Bay

792 sq ft for compact garage, RV cover, or carport

22′ x 36′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 22×36 steel building delivers 792 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.

22×36 Small Fabrication Bay | Steel and Stud, From $13,950

12

22×36 Small Fabrication Bay
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$15,900$13,950SAVE $1,950
or $291/mo · $0 down · no credit check

HomeMetal Buildings22×36Small Fabrication Bay

★★★★★4.8(verified buyers)✓ Verified Buyers

22×36 Small Fabrication Bay, rated for heavy-duty industrial loads.

22×36 delivers 792 sq ft of heavy-duty small fabrication bay space. Small fab shops mount a 2-ton jib crane to the 12-gauge frame and run plasma, MIG, and a welding table down the long wall. The 16-foot leg height.

You’re viewing:Small Fabrication Bay·Size22×36·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$13,950$15,900Save $1,950
or as low as $291/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You’ll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request, no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 22×36
22×35
smaller
$13,600
22×36
this size
$13,950
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7′
8′
9′
10′ +$340
12′ +$640
14′ +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray

🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️

Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪

Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟

Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶

Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🌡️

Insulation Packageyear-round comfort & energy savings
🔩

Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋

Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness

Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method

Electrical Pre-Wireconduit run for licensed electrician
Customizations selected:
Customization subtotal:+$485
  • 792 sq ft enclosed
  • 12 GA Frame
  • 16′ Leg Height
  • 14×14 Roll-Up
  • 180 mph wind certified
  • 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-22X36-SMALL-FABRICATIOBuilt:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
🛡️
A+
BBB Accredited
4.8/5
customer rating
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
15,000+
Buildings
🇺🇸
48
States Served
We’ve provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your workshop layout.

22 feet wide × 36 feet long. Side-load + walk-in, dust-collection ready. 22×36 delivers 792 sq ft of heavy-duty small fabrication bay space.

Workbench wallTABLE SAW / CENTERLumber / Material rack22′ × 36′ · 792 sq ft · workshop layout

Workbench wall · Table saw / Center · Lumber / Material rack

Workbench wall at the front, table saw / center in the middle, lumber / material rack at the rear. Capacity: 1-person serious shop. Small fab shops mount a 2-ton jib crane to the 12-gauge frame and run plasma, MIG, and a welding table down the long wall.

💡 Pro tip:12 GA Frame. Size affords: dust collection, 220V subpanel, shop sink.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 22×36 Small Fabrication Bay in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer, drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim, mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote, what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
, or,

📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)

WHAT’S INCLUDED

Everything in your Small Fabrication Bay.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
792 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 22×36 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Small Fabrication Bay spec sheet.

Width22′
Length36′ + 6" overhang
Side height9′ standard
Floor space792 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use Small Fabrication Bay.

DAILY USEEveryday small fabrication bay
Everyday small fabrication bay
792 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a small fabrication bay.
STORAGE OVERFLOWsmall fabrication bay + seasonal storage
small fabrication bay + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add a partition, electrical, or insulation later.

FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

22×36 Small Fabrication Bay, what makes it different.

792sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$291/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 22×36 small fabrication bay is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use, not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install, really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all, fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $291/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 22×36?

792 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial, fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 22′ × 36′ footprint with 792 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $6,336–$9,504 added home value

PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from Small Fabrication Bay shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 22×36 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes, free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What’s the typical lead time for a 22×36 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month’s payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What’s covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud’s 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 22×36 Small Fabrication Bay buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 22×36 Small Fabrication Bay

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review


HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 15,000+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day, usually in under 8 minutes.

Complete your Small Fabrication Bay · Save 10% bundled

These add-ons ship and install with the same crew.

Browse all 28 add-ons →

Bundle & Save

🏗️
Concrete Pad Pour
23×37×4″ slab to engineered spec.
$3,564+ Add
Most Added

🌡
R-19 Insulation Package
Roof & wall batt, vinyl-faced.
$1,795+ Add
💧
Gutter & Downspout Kit
Seamless aluminum, color-matched.
$485+ Add
200-Amp Sub-Panel Pre-Wire
Conduit + sub-panel housing.
$695+ Add
CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose Small Fabrication Bay also viewed:

🏡 22×36

Two-Car Detached Garage

22×36 two-car detached garage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$11,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Two-Car Detached Garage →

🏡 22×36

Metal Workshop with 220V

22×36 metal workshop with 220v configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$11,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Metal Workshop with 220V →

🎯 22×36

RV Cover with Storage Bay

22×36 rv cover with storage bay configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$11,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize RV Cover with Storage Bay →

🌾 22×36

Hobby Farm Equipment Barn

22×36 hobby farm equipment barn configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$12,350Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Hobby Farm Equipment Barn →

🌾 22×36

Two-Stall Horse Barn

22×36 two-stall horse barn configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$12,350Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Two-Stall Horse Barn →

🏢 22×36

Detached Shop for Contractors

22×36 detached shop for contractors configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,550Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Detached Shop for Contractors →

🏡 22×36

Garage + Man Cave Combo

22×36 garage + man cave combo configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$11,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Garage + Man Cave Combo →

🎯 22×36

She Shed Studio

22×36 she shed studio configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$11,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize She Shed Studio →

🌾 22×36

Hay & Implement Storage

22×36 hay & implement storage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$12,350Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Hay & Implement Storage →

🏢 22×36

Self-Storage Annex

22×36 self-storage annex configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,550Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Self-Storage Annex →

🏛️ 22×36

Volunteer Fire Apparatus Bay

22×36 volunteer fire apparatus bay configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,650Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Volunteer Fire Apparatus Bay →

FREQUENTLY ASKED

Small Fabrication Bay questions, answered.

How much does a 22×36 small fabrication bay cost?

A 22×36 small fabrication bay from Steel and Stud starts at $13,950 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $291/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 22×36 small fabrication bay price?

Yes, every Steel and Stud small fabrication bay ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 22×36 small fabrication bay?

Almost always for 792+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud small fabrication bay different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates, no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 22×36 small fabrication bay need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don’t already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 22×36 small fabrication bay delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available, call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 22×36 small fabrication bay without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month’s payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $291/month on a 22×36 small fabrication bay.

What warranty comes with the 22×36 small fabrication bay?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 22×36 small fabrication bay in 3D before I order?

Yes, our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Will the 22×36 small fabrication bay handle heavy equipment and forklifts?

Standard 22×36 small fabrication bay ships rated for 35 psf live load on the floor (over concrete pad), and the 12-gauge frame upgrade supports trolley- and jib-crane mounts up to 1-ton capacity. Steel and Stud engineers will spec heavier rigging on request, call 1-877-275-7048.

Ready to build?

Your Small Fabrication Bay quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We’ll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install





$13,950.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from \/mo — No credit check
Steel structure interior fitted as a contractor shop with lumber racks, workbench, and power tools

22×36 Small Fabrication Bay

792 sq ft for compact garage, RV cover, or carport

22′ x 36′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 22×36 steel building delivers 792 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
Leg height adjustable up to 20'

$13,950.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from /mo — No credit check
Tan prefab metal building hay barn at sunset with red tractor loading round bale

22×36 Hay & Implement Storage

792 sq ft for compact garage, RV cover, or carport

22′ x 36′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 22×36 steel building delivers 792 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.

22×36 Hay & Implement Storage | Steel and Stud, From $12,350

12

22×36 Hay & Implement Storage
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$14,100$12,350SAVE $1,750
or $257/mo · $0 down · no credit check

HomeMetal Buildings22×36Hay & Implement Storage

★★★★★4.8(verified buyers)✓ Verified Buyers

22×36 Hay & Implement Storage, built for farm and ranch demands.

Looking for a 22×36 hay & implement storage? At 792 sq ft, this footprint suits farm storage, tractor cover, or tack rooms. Hobby farmers stack 80 to 100 small square bales on pallets along one wall and park a tractor.

You’re viewing:Hay & Implement Storage·Size22×36·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$12,350$14,100Save $1,750
or as low as $257/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You’ll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request, no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 22×36
22×35
smaller
$12,000
22×36
this size
$12,350
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7′
8′
9′
10′ +$340
12′ +$640
14′ +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray

🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️

Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪

Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟

Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶

Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🌡️

Insulation Packageyear-round comfort & energy savings
🔩

Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋

Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness

Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method

Electrical Pre-Wireconduit run for licensed electrician
Customizations selected:
Customization subtotal:+$485
  • 792 sq ft enclosed
  • 14 GA Frame
  • Open Gables
  • 12′ Leg Height
  • 180 mph wind certified
  • 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-22X36-HAY-IMPLEMENT-STBuilt:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
🛡️
A+
BBB Accredited
4.8/5
customer rating
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
15,000+
Buildings
🇺🇸
48
States Served
We’ve provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your hay-barn layout.

22 feet wide × 36 feet long. Looking for a 22×36 hay & implement storage? At 792 sq ft, this footprint suits farm storage, tractor cover, or tack rooms.

Hay storageFEED ALLEYEquipment22′ × 36′ · 792 sq ft · hay-barn layout

Hay storage · Feed alley · Equipment

Hay storage at the front, feed alley in the middle, equipment at the rear. Hobby farmers stack 80 to 100 small square bales on pallets along one wall and park a tractor and a haybine under the same roof.

💡 Pro tip:Free Delivery.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 22×36 Hay & Implement Storage in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer, drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim, mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote, what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
, or,

📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)

WHAT’S INCLUDED

Everything in your Hay & Implement Storage.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
792 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 22×36 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Hay & Implement Storage spec sheet.

Width22′
Length36′ + 6" overhang
Side height9′ standard
Floor space792 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use Hay & Implement Storage.

DAILY USEEveryday hay & implement storage
Everyday hay & implement storage
792 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a hay & implement storage.
STORAGE OVERFLOWhay & implement storage + seasonal storage
hay & implement storage + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add a partition, electrical, or insulation later.

FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

22×36 Hay & Implement Storage, what makes it different.

792sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$257/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 22×36 hay & implement storage is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use, not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install, really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all, fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $257/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 22×36?

792 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial, fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 22′ × 36′ footprint with 792 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $6,336–$9,504 added home value

PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from Hay & Implement Storage shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 22×36 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes, free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What’s the typical lead time for a 22×36 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month’s payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What’s covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud’s 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 22×36 Hay & Implement Storage buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 22×36 Hay & Implement Storage

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review


HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 15,000+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day, usually in under 8 minutes.

Complete your Hay & Implement Storage · Save 10% bundled

These add-ons ship and install with the same crew.

Browse all 28 add-ons →

Bundle & Save

🏗️
Concrete Pad Pour
23×37×4″ slab to engineered spec.
$3,564+ Add
Most Added

🌡
R-19 Insulation Package
Roof & wall batt, vinyl-faced.
$1,795+ Add
💧
Gutter & Downspout Kit
Seamless aluminum, color-matched.
$485+ Add
200-Amp Sub-Panel Pre-Wire
Conduit + sub-panel housing.
$695+ Add
CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose Hay & Implement Storage also viewed:

🏡 22×36

Two-Car Detached Garage

22×36 two-car detached garage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$11,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Two-Car Detached Garage →

🏡 22×36

Metal Workshop with 220V

22×36 metal workshop with 220v configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$11,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Metal Workshop with 220V →

🎯 22×36

RV Cover with Storage Bay

22×36 rv cover with storage bay configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$11,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize RV Cover with Storage Bay →

🌾 22×36

Hobby Farm Equipment Barn

22×36 hobby farm equipment barn configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$12,350Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Hobby Farm Equipment Barn →

🌾 22×36

Two-Stall Horse Barn

22×36 two-stall horse barn configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$12,350Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Two-Stall Horse Barn →

🏢 22×36

Detached Shop for Contractors

22×36 detached shop for contractors configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,550Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Detached Shop for Contractors →

🏡 22×36

Garage + Man Cave Combo

22×36 garage + man cave combo configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$11,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Garage + Man Cave Combo →

🎯 22×36

She Shed Studio

22×36 she shed studio configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$11,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize She Shed Studio →

🏭 22×36

Small Fabrication Bay

22×36 small fabrication bay configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,950Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Small Fabrication Bay →

🏢 22×36

Self-Storage Annex

22×36 self-storage annex configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,550Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Self-Storage Annex →

🏛️ 22×36

Volunteer Fire Apparatus Bay

22×36 volunteer fire apparatus bay configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,650Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Volunteer Fire Apparatus Bay →

FREQUENTLY ASKED

Hay & Implement Storage questions, answered.

How much does a 22×36 hay & implement storage cost?

A 22×36 hay & implement storage from Steel and Stud starts at $12,350 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $257/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 22×36 hay & implement storage price?

Yes, every Steel and Stud hay & implement storage ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 22×36 hay & implement storage?

Almost always for 792+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud hay & implement storage different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates, no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 22×36 hay & implement storage need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don’t already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 22×36 hay & implement storage delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available, call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 22×36 hay & implement storage without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month’s payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $257/month on a 22×36 hay & implement storage.

What warranty comes with the 22×36 hay & implement storage?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 22×36 hay & implement storage in 3D before I order?

Yes, our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Will the 22×36 hay & implement storage stand up to livestock and Midwest weather?

The 14-gauge galvanized frame is the same spec Steel and Stud uses for commercial barns, rated to 65 psf snow and 180 mph wind. Ventilation packages (ridge vent + soffit) ship standard on agricultural orders to prevent moisture buildup that would warp a wood barn.

Ready to build?

Your Hay & Implement Storage quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We’ll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install





$12,350.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from \/mo — No credit check
Tan prefab metal building hay barn at sunset with red tractor loading round bale

22×36 Hay & Implement Storage

792 sq ft for compact garage, RV cover, or carport

22′ x 36′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 22×36 steel building delivers 792 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
Leg height adjustable up to 20'

$12,350.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from /mo — No credit check
Tan prefab metal building storage units at sunset with cargo van and open door

22×36 Self-Storage Annex

792 sq ft for compact garage, RV cover, or carport

22′ x 36′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 22×36 steel building delivers 792 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.

22×36 Self-Storage Annex | Steel and Stud, From $13,550

12

22×36 Self-Storage Annex
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$15,450$13,550SAVE $1,900
or $282/mo · $0 down · no credit check

HomeMetal Buildings22×36Self-Storage Annex

★★★★★4.8(verified buyers)✓ Verified Buyers

22×36 Self-Storage Annex, engineered for code-compliant business use.

Built for business owners who need fast permitted occupancy, this 22×36 self-storage annex packs 792 sq ft into a code-compliant shell. Small operators add a 22×36 annex with five 22×36 storage units behind interior.

You’re viewing:Self-Storage Annex·Size22×36·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$13,550$15,450Save $1,900
or as low as $282/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You’ll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request, no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 22×36
22×35
smaller
$13,200
22×36
this size
$13,550
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7′
8′
9′
10′ +$340
12′ +$640
14′ +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray

🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️

Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪

Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟

Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶

Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🌡️

Insulation Packageyear-round comfort & energy savings
🔩

Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋

Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness

Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method

Electrical Pre-Wireconduit run for licensed electrician
Customizations selected:
Customization subtotal:+$485
  • 792 sq ft enclosed
  • 14 GA Frame
  • Interior Partitions
  • 5 Roll-Ups
  • 180 mph wind certified
  • 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-22X36-SELF-STORAGE-ANNBuilt:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
🛡️
A+
BBB Accredited
4.8/5
customer rating
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
15,000+
Buildings
🇺🇸
48
States Served
We’ve provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your self-storage layout.

22 feet wide × 36 feet long. Built for business owners who need fast permitted occupancy, this 22×36 self-storage annex packs 792 sq ft into a code-compliant shell.

↑ WINDOW WALL ↑Unit row AUnit row BHallway / Office22′ × 36′ · 792 sq ft · self-storage layout

Unit row A · Unit row B · Hallway / Office

Unit row A at the front, unit row b in the middle, hallway / office at the rear. Small operators add a 22×36 annex with five 22×36 storage units behind interior partitions and a center aisle.

💡 Pro tip:Permit-Friendly Height.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 22×36 Self-Storage Annex in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer, drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim, mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote, what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
, or,

📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)

WHAT’S INCLUDED

Everything in your Self-Storage Annex.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
792 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 22×36 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Self-Storage Annex spec sheet.

Width22′
Length36′ + 6" overhang
Side height9′ standard
Floor space792 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use Self-Storage Annex.

DAILY USEEveryday self-storage annex
Everyday self-storage annex
792 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a self-storage annex.
STORAGE OVERFLOWself-storage annex + seasonal storage
self-storage annex + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add a partition, electrical, or insulation later.

FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

22×36 Self-Storage Annex, what makes it different.

792sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$282/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 22×36 self-storage annex is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use, not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install, really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all, fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $282/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 22×36?

792 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial, fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 22′ × 36′ footprint with 792 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $6,336–$9,504 added home value

PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from Self-Storage Annex shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 22×36 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes, free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What’s the typical lead time for a 22×36 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month’s payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What’s covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud’s 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 22×36 Self-Storage Annex buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 22×36 Self-Storage Annex

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review


HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 15,000+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day, usually in under 8 minutes.

Complete your Self-Storage Annex · Save 10% bundled

These add-ons ship and install with the same crew.

Browse all 28 add-ons →

Bundle & Save

🏗️
Concrete Pad Pour
23×37×4″ slab to engineered spec.
$3,564+ Add
Most Added

🌡
R-19 Insulation Package
Roof & wall batt, vinyl-faced.
$1,795+ Add
💧
Gutter & Downspout Kit
Seamless aluminum, color-matched.
$485+ Add
200-Amp Sub-Panel Pre-Wire
Conduit + sub-panel housing.
$695+ Add
CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose Self-Storage Annex also viewed:

🏡 22×36

Two-Car Detached Garage

22×36 two-car detached garage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$11,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Two-Car Detached Garage →

🏡 22×36

Metal Workshop with 220V

22×36 metal workshop with 220v configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$11,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Metal Workshop with 220V →

🎯 22×36

RV Cover with Storage Bay

22×36 rv cover with storage bay configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$11,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize RV Cover with Storage Bay →

🌾 22×36

Hobby Farm Equipment Barn

22×36 hobby farm equipment barn configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$12,350Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Hobby Farm Equipment Barn →

🌾 22×36

Two-Stall Horse Barn

22×36 two-stall horse barn configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$12,350Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Two-Stall Horse Barn →

🏢 22×36

Detached Shop for Contractors

22×36 detached shop for contractors configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,550Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Detached Shop for Contractors →

🏡 22×36

Garage + Man Cave Combo

22×36 garage + man cave combo configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$11,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Garage + Man Cave Combo →

🎯 22×36

She Shed Studio

22×36 she shed studio configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$11,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize She Shed Studio →

🏭 22×36

Small Fabrication Bay

22×36 small fabrication bay configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,950Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Small Fabrication Bay →

🌾 22×36

Hay & Implement Storage

22×36 hay & implement storage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$12,350Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Hay & Implement Storage →

🏛️ 22×36

Volunteer Fire Apparatus Bay

22×36 volunteer fire apparatus bay configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,650Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Volunteer Fire Apparatus Bay →

FREQUENTLY ASKED

Self-Storage Annex questions, answered.

How much does a 22×36 self-storage annex cost?

A 22×36 self-storage annex from Steel and Stud starts at $13,550 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $282/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 22×36 self-storage annex price?

Yes, every Steel and Stud self-storage annex ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 22×36 self-storage annex?

Almost always for 792+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud self-storage annex different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates, no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 22×36 self-storage annex need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don’t already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 22×36 self-storage annex delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available, call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 22×36 self-storage annex without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month’s payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $282/month on a 22×36 self-storage annex.

What warranty comes with the 22×36 self-storage annex?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 22×36 self-storage annex in 3D before I order?

Yes, our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Does the 22×36 self-storage annex meet IBC commercial code?

Yes. Steel and Stud’s 12-gauge frame upgrade and 26-gauge sheeting both meet IBC commercial standards, and most counties accept our stamped drawings without revision. Engineered loads ship with the order, typical certified specs are 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow.

Ready to build?

Your Self-Storage Annex quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We’ll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install





$13,550.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from \/mo — No credit check
Tan prefab metal building storage units at sunset with cargo van and open door

22×36 Self-Storage Annex

792 sq ft for compact garage, RV cover, or carport

22′ x 36′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 22×36 steel building delivers 792 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
Leg height adjustable up to 20'

$13,550.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from /mo — No credit check
Steel garage interior with galvanized framing, white panels and open roll-up door view

22×36 Volunteer Fire Apparatus Bay

792 sq ft for compact garage, RV cover, or carport

22′ x 36′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 22×36 steel building delivers 792 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.

22×36 Volunteer Fire Apparatus Bay | Steel and Stud, From $13,650

12

22×36 Volunteer Fire Apparatus Bay
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$15,550$13,650SAVE $1,900
or $284/mo · $0 down · no credit check

HomeMetal Buildings22×36Volunteer Fire Apparatus Bay

★★★★★4.8(verified buyers)✓ Verified Buyers

22×36 Volunteer Fire Apparatus Bay, engineered to code for assembly use.

22×36 delivers 792 sq ft of public-use volunteer fire apparatus bay space. Small rural districts use a 22×36 as a single-engine apparatus bay with room for turnout gear lockers and a small office partition at the rear.

You’re viewing:Volunteer Fire Apparatus Bay·Size22×36·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$13,650$15,550Save $1,900
or as low as $284/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You’ll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request, no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 22×36
22×35
smaller
$13,300
22×36
this size
$13,650
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7′
8′
9′
10′ +$340
12′ +$640
14′ +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray

🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️

Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪

Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟

Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶

Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🌡️

Insulation Packageyear-round comfort & energy savings
🔩

Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋

Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness

Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method

Electrical Pre-Wireconduit run for licensed electrician
Customizations selected:
Customization subtotal:+$485
  • 792 sq ft enclosed
  • 12 GA Frame
  • 12×12 Roll-Up
  • ASCE 7-22 Cert
  • 180 mph wind certified
  • 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-22X36-VOLUNTEER-FIRE-ABuilt:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
🛡️
A+
BBB Accredited
4.8/5
customer rating
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
15,000+
Buildings
🇺🇸
48
States Served
We’ve provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your volunteer fire apparatus bay layout.

22 feet wide × 36 feet long. 22×36 delivers 792 sq ft of public-use volunteer fire apparatus bay space.

Car 1Car 2OFFICE22′ × 36′ · 792 sq ft · volunteer fire apparatus bay layout

Volunteer Fire Apparatus Bay layout.

22×36 delivers 792 sq ft of public-use volunteer fire apparatus bay space. Small rural districts use a 22×36 as a single-engine apparatus bay with room for turnout gear lockers and a small office partition at the rear. A 22×36 roll-up clears most Type 6 brush trucks, and 12-gauge framing carries the snow load in mountain and plains districts.

💡 Pro tip:12 GA Frame.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 22×36 Volunteer Fire Apparatus Bay in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer, drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim, mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote, what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
, or,

📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)

WHAT’S INCLUDED

Everything in your Volunteer Fire Apparatus Bay.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
792 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 22×36 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Volunteer Fire Apparatus Bay spec sheet.

Width22′
Length36′ + 6" overhang
Side height9′ standard
Floor space792 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use Volunteer Fire Apparatus Bay.

DAILY USEEveryday volunteer fire apparatus bay
Everyday volunteer fire apparatus bay
792 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a volunteer fire apparatus bay.
STORAGE OVERFLOWvolunteer fire apparatus bay + seasonal storage
volunteer fire apparatus bay + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add a partition, electrical, or insulation later.

FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

22×36 Volunteer Fire Apparatus Bay, what makes it different.

792sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$284/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 22×36 volunteer fire apparatus bay is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use, not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install, really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all, fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $284/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 22×36?

792 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial, fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 22′ × 36′ footprint with 792 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $6,336–$9,504 added home value

PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from Volunteer Fire Apparatus Bay shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 22×36 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes, free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What’s the typical lead time for a 22×36 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month’s payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What’s covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud’s 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 22×36 Volunteer Fire Apparatus Bay buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 22×36 Volunteer Fire Apparatus Bay

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review


HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 15,000+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day, usually in under 8 minutes.

Complete your Volunteer Fire Apparatus Bay · Save 10% bundled

These add-ons ship and install with the same crew.

Browse all 28 add-ons →

Bundle & Save

🏗️
Concrete Pad Pour
23×37×4″ slab to engineered spec.
$3,564+ Add
Most Added

🌡
R-19 Insulation Package
Roof & wall batt, vinyl-faced.
$1,795+ Add
💧
Gutter & Downspout Kit
Seamless aluminum, color-matched.
$485+ Add
200-Amp Sub-Panel Pre-Wire
Conduit + sub-panel housing.
$695+ Add
CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose Volunteer Fire Apparatus Bay also viewed:

🏡 22×36

Two-Car Detached Garage

22×36 two-car detached garage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$11,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Two-Car Detached Garage →

🏡 22×36

Metal Workshop with 220V

22×36 metal workshop with 220v configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$11,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Metal Workshop with 220V →

🎯 22×36

RV Cover with Storage Bay

22×36 rv cover with storage bay configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$11,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize RV Cover with Storage Bay →

🌾 22×36

Hobby Farm Equipment Barn

22×36 hobby farm equipment barn configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$12,350Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Hobby Farm Equipment Barn →

🌾 22×36

Two-Stall Horse Barn

22×36 two-stall horse barn configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$12,350Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Two-Stall Horse Barn →

🏢 22×36

Detached Shop for Contractors

22×36 detached shop for contractors configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,550Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Detached Shop for Contractors →

🏡 22×36

Garage + Man Cave Combo

22×36 garage + man cave combo configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$11,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Garage + Man Cave Combo →

🎯 22×36

She Shed Studio

22×36 she shed studio configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$11,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize She Shed Studio →

🏭 22×36

Small Fabrication Bay

22×36 small fabrication bay configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,950Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Small Fabrication Bay →

🌾 22×36

Hay & Implement Storage

22×36 hay & implement storage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$12,350Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Hay & Implement Storage →

🏢 22×36

Self-Storage Annex

22×36 self-storage annex configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,550Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Self-Storage Annex →

FREQUENTLY ASKED

Volunteer Fire Apparatus Bay questions, answered.

How much does a 22×36 volunteer fire apparatus bay cost?

A 22×36 volunteer fire apparatus bay from Steel and Stud starts at $13,650 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $284/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 22×36 volunteer fire apparatus bay price?

Yes, every Steel and Stud volunteer fire apparatus bay ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 22×36 volunteer fire apparatus bay?

Almost always for 792+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud volunteer fire apparatus bay different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates, no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 22×36 volunteer fire apparatus bay need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don’t already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 22×36 volunteer fire apparatus bay delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available, call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 22×36 volunteer fire apparatus bay without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month’s payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $284/month on a 22×36 volunteer fire apparatus bay.

What warranty comes with the 22×36 volunteer fire apparatus bay?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 22×36 volunteer fire apparatus bay in 3D before I order?

Yes, our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Will the 22×36 volunteer fire apparatus bay pass community-use and assembly inspections?

Yes. Steel and Stud’s engineered drawings include load calculations, accessibility paths, and egress widths required by most jurisdictions for assembly and institutional use. Stamped, sealed PE drawings are included free with every order.

Ready to build?

Your Volunteer Fire Apparatus Bay quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We’ll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install





$13,650.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from \/mo — No credit check
Steel garage interior with galvanized framing, white panels and open roll-up door view

22×36 Volunteer Fire Apparatus Bay

792 sq ft for compact garage, RV cover, or carport

22′ x 36′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 22×36 steel building delivers 792 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
Leg height adjustable up to 20'

$13,650.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from /mo — No credit check
Cream steel structure with open roll-up door and brown trim in an alpine meadow

22×45 Two-Car Detached Garage

990 sq ft for compact garage, RV cover, or carport

22′ x 45′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 22×45 steel building delivers 990 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.

22×45 Two-Car Detached Garage | Steel and Stud, From $14,600

12

22×45 Two-Car Detached Garage
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$16,650$14,600SAVE $2,050
or $304/mo · $0 down · no credit check

HomeMetal Buildings22×45Two-Car Detached Garage

★★★★★4.8(verified buyers)✓ Verified Buyers

22×45 Two-Car Detached Garage, built for daily backyard use.

Built for homeowners who want more covered space, this 22×45 two-car detached garage packs 990 sq ft into a code-compliant shell. Two F-150s park side-by-side with door-swing clearance, and the 40-ft length leaves a.

You’re viewing:Two-Car Detached Garage·Size22×45·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$14,600$16,650Save $2,050
or as low as $304/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You’ll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request, no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 22×45
22×40
smaller
$13,000
22×45
this size
$14,600
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7′
8′
9′
10′ +$340
12′ +$640
14′ +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray

🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️

Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪

Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟

Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶

Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🌡️

Insulation Packageyear-round comfort & energy savings
🔩

Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋

Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness

Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method

Electrical Pre-Wireconduit run for licensed electrician
Customizations selected:
Customization subtotal:+$485
  • 990 sq ft enclosed
  • 14 GA Frame
  • Vertical Roof
  • Free Install
  • 180 mph wind certified
  • 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-22X45-TWO-CAR-DETACHEDBuilt:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
🛡️
A+
BBB Accredited
4.8/5
customer rating
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
15,000+
Buildings
🇺🇸
48
States Served
We’ve provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your multi-bay garage + shop.

22 feet wide × 45 feet long. Engineered for clear-span over multiple doors. Built for homeowners who want more covered space, this 22×45 two-car detached garage packs 990 sq ft into a code-compliant shell.

2 vehicle baysWorkshop areaStorage + lift bay22′ × 45′ · 990 sq ft · multi-bay garage + shop

2 vehicle bays · Workshop area · Storage + lift bay

2 vehicle bays at the front, workshop area in the middle, storage + lift bay at the rear. Capacity: 2 vehicles + full hobby shop. Two F-150s park side-by-side with door-swing clearance, and the 40-ft length leaves a 10-ft workbench bay at the rear wall.

💡 Pro tip:Free Install. Size affords: 2-post lift, separated workshop, office.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 22×45 Two-Car Detached Garage in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer, drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim, mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote, what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
, or,

📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)

WHAT’S INCLUDED

Everything in your Two-Car Detached Garage.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
990 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 22×45 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Two-Car Detached Garage spec sheet.

Width22′
Length45′ + 6" overhang
Side height9′ standard
Floor space990 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use Two-Car Detached Garage.

DAILY USEEveryday two-car detached garage
Everyday two-car detached garage
990 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a two-car detached garage.
STORAGE OVERFLOWtwo-car detached garage + seasonal storage
two-car detached garage + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add a partition, electrical, or insulation later.

FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

22×45 Two-Car Detached Garage, what makes it different.

990sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$304/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 22×45 two-car detached garage is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use, not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install, really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all, fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $304/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 22×45?

990 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial, fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 22′ × 45′ footprint with 990 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $7,920–$11,880 added home value

PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from Two-Car Detached Garage shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 22×45 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes, free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What’s the typical lead time for a 22×45 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month’s payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What’s covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud’s 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 22×45 Two-Car Detached Garage buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 22×45 Two-Car Detached Garage

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review


HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 15,000+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day, usually in under 8 minutes.

Complete your Two-Car Detached Garage · Save 10% bundled

These add-ons ship and install with the same crew.

Browse all 28 add-ons →

Bundle & Save

🏗️
Concrete Pad Pour
23×46×4″ slab to engineered spec.
$4,455+ Add
Most Added

🌡
R-19 Insulation Package
Roof & wall batt, vinyl-faced.
$1,795+ Add
💧
Gutter & Downspout Kit
Seamless aluminum, color-matched.
$485+ Add
200-Amp Sub-Panel Pre-Wire
Conduit + sub-panel housing.
$695+ Add
CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose Two-Car Detached Garage also viewed:

🎯 22×45

RV Cover with Workshop Bay

22×45 rv cover with workshop bay configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$14,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize RV Cover with Workshop Bay →

🏡 22×45

Hobby Workshop

22×45 hobby workshop configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$14,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Hobby Workshop →

🌾 22×45

Hay and Equipment Barn

22×45 hay and equipment barn configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,250Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Hay and Equipment Barn →

🏢 22×45

Contractor Shop

22×45 contractor shop configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$16,450Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Contractor Shop →

🏡 22×45

Man Cave or She Shed

22×45 man cave or she shed configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$14,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Man Cave or She Shed →

🌾 22×45

Horse Barn (4-Stall)

22×45 horse barn (4-stall) configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,250Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Horse Barn (4-Stall) →

🏢 22×45

Auto Repair Shop

22×45 auto repair shop configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$16,450Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Auto Repair Shop →

🏢 22×45

Storage Building

22×45 storage building configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$16,450Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Storage Building →

🎯 22×45

Boat and Toy Storage

22×45 boat and toy storage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$14,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Boat and Toy Storage →

🏛️ 22×45

Community or Church Building

22×45 community or church building configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$16,550Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Community or Church Building →

🏡 22×45

Garage with Loft

22×45 garage with loft configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$14,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Garage with Loft →

FREQUENTLY ASKED

Two-Car Detached Garage questions, answered.

How much does a 22×45 two-car detached garage cost?

A 22×45 two-car detached garage from Steel and Stud starts at $14,600 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $304/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 22×45 two-car detached garage price?

Yes, every Steel and Stud two-car detached garage ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 22×45 two-car detached garage?

Almost always for 990+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud two-car detached garage different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates, no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 22×45 two-car detached garage need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don’t already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 22×45 two-car detached garage delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available, call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 22×45 two-car detached garage without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month’s payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $304/month on a 22×45 two-car detached garage.

What warranty comes with the 22×45 two-car detached garage?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 22×45 two-car detached garage in 3D before I order?

Yes, our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Does a 22×45 two-car detached garage add resale value to my home?

An enclosed 22×45 two-car detached garage typically adds $7,920–$11,880 in resale value per regional comp data, and most insurance carriers reduce premiums for indoor vehicle / equipment storage. Steel and Stud’s 20-year rust warranty transfers to the next owner.

Ready to build?

Your Two-Car Detached Garage quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We’ll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install





$14,600.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from \/mo — No credit check
Cream steel structure with open roll-up door and brown trim in an alpine meadow

22×45 Two-Car Detached Garage

990 sq ft for compact garage, RV cover, or carport

22′ x 45′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 22×45 steel building delivers 990 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
Leg height adjustable up to 20'

$14,600.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from /mo — No credit check
Black steel building housing a motorhome, roll-up bay open, fenced lawn under midday sky

22×45 RV Cover with Workshop Bay

990 sq ft for compact garage, RV cover, or carport

22′ x 45′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 22×45 steel building delivers 990 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.

22×45 RV Cover with Workshop Bay | Steel and Stud, From $14,600

12

22×45 RV Cover with Workshop Bay
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$16,650$14,600SAVE $2,050
or $304/mo · $0 down · no credit check

HomeMetal Buildings22×45RV Cover with Workshop Bay

★★★★★4.8(verified buyers)✓ Verified Buyers

22×45 RV Cover with Workshop Bay, built for hobby and recreational use.

Looking for a 22×45 rv cover with workshop bay? At 990 sq ft, this footprint suits home gyms, hunting cabins, or backyard retreats. RV owners running a Class A or fifth-wheel pick the 22×45 because the 40-ft length.

You’re viewing:RV Cover with Workshop Bay·Size22×45·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$14,600$16,650Save $2,050
or as low as $304/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You’ll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request, no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 22×45
22×40
smaller
$13,000
22×45
this size
$14,600
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7′
8′
9′
10′ +$340
12′ +$640
14′ +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray

🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️

Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪

Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟

Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶

Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🌡️

Insulation Packageyear-round comfort & energy savings
🔩

Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋

Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness

Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method

Electrical Pre-Wireconduit run for licensed electrician
Customizations selected:
Customization subtotal:+$485
  • 990 sq ft enclosed
  • 13′ Legs
  • Hurricane Rated
  • Open Front Gable
  • 180 mph wind certified
  • 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-22X45-RV-COVER-WORKSHOBuilt:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
🛡️
A+
BBB Accredited
4.8/5
customer rating
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
15,000+
Buildings
🇺🇸
48
States Served
We’ve provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your RV-cover layout.

22 feet wide × 45 feet long. 14-ft sidewalls fit slide-outs deployed. Looking for a 22×45 rv cover with workshop bay? At 990 sq ft, this footprint suits home gyms, hunting cabins, or backyard retreats.

RV bayDAILY DRIVERHookup / pre-wire22′ × 45′ · 990 sq ft · RV-cover layout

RV bay · Daily driver · Hookup / pre-wire

RV bay at the front, daily driver in the middle, hookup / pre-wire at the rear. Capacity: 1 Class A up to 41ft + 1 daily driver. RV owners running a Class A or fifth-wheel pick the 22×45 because the 40-ft length covers most travel rigs end-to-end with airflow at the gable.

💡 Pro tip:Hurricane Rated. Size affords: 50A hookup, sewer dump, overhead lighting.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 22×45 RV Cover with Workshop Bay in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer, drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim, mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote, what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
, or,

📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)

WHAT’S INCLUDED

Everything in your RV Cover with Workshop Bay.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
990 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 22×45 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

RV Cover with Workshop Bay spec sheet.

Width22′
Length45′ + 6" overhang
Side height9′ standard
Floor space990 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use RV Cover with Workshop Bay.

DAILY USEEveryday rv cover with workshop bay
Everyday rv cover with workshop bay
990 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a rv cover with workshop bay.
STORAGE OVERFLOWrv cover with workshop bay + seasonal storage
rv cover with workshop bay + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add a partition, electrical, or insulation later.

FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

22×45 RV Cover with Workshop Bay, what makes it different.

990sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$304/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 22×45 rv cover with workshop bay is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use, not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install, really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all, fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $304/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 22×45?

990 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial, fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 22′ × 45′ footprint with 990 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $7,920–$11,880 added home value

PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from RV Cover with Workshop Bay shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 22×45 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes, free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What’s the typical lead time for a 22×45 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month’s payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What’s covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud’s 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 22×45 RV Cover with Workshop Bay buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 22×45 RV Cover with Workshop Bay

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review


HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 15,000+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day, usually in under 8 minutes.

Complete your RV Cover with Workshop Bay · Save 10% bundled

These add-ons ship and install with the same crew.

Browse all 28 add-ons →

Bundle & Save

🏗️
Concrete Pad Pour
23×46×4″ slab to engineered spec.
$4,455+ Add
Most Added

🌡
R-19 Insulation Package
Roof & wall batt, vinyl-faced.
$1,795+ Add
💧
Gutter & Downspout Kit
Seamless aluminum, color-matched.
$485+ Add
200-Amp Sub-Panel Pre-Wire
Conduit + sub-panel housing.
$695+ Add
CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose RV Cover with Workshop Bay also viewed:

🏡 22×45

Two-Car Detached Garage

22×45 two-car detached garage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$14,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Two-Car Detached Garage →

🏡 22×45

Hobby Workshop

22×45 hobby workshop configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$14,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Hobby Workshop →

🌾 22×45

Hay and Equipment Barn

22×45 hay and equipment barn configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,250Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Hay and Equipment Barn →

🏢 22×45

Contractor Shop

22×45 contractor shop configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$16,450Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Contractor Shop →

🏡 22×45

Man Cave or She Shed

22×45 man cave or she shed configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$14,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Man Cave or She Shed →

🌾 22×45

Horse Barn (4-Stall)

22×45 horse barn (4-stall) configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,250Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Horse Barn (4-Stall) →

🏢 22×45

Auto Repair Shop

22×45 auto repair shop configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$16,450Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Auto Repair Shop →

🏢 22×45

Storage Building

22×45 storage building configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$16,450Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Storage Building →

🎯 22×45

Boat and Toy Storage

22×45 boat and toy storage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$14,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Boat and Toy Storage →

🏛️ 22×45

Community or Church Building

22×45 community or church building configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$16,550Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Community or Church Building →

🏡 22×45

Garage with Loft

22×45 garage with loft configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$14,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Garage with Loft →

FREQUENTLY ASKED

RV Cover with Workshop Bay questions, answered.

How much does a 22×45 rv cover with workshop bay cost?

A 22×45 rv cover with workshop bay from Steel and Stud starts at $14,600 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $304/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 22×45 rv cover with workshop bay price?

Yes, every Steel and Stud rv cover with workshop bay ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 22×45 rv cover with workshop bay?

Almost always for 990+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud rv cover with workshop bay different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates, no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 22×45 rv cover with workshop bay need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don’t already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 22×45 rv cover with workshop bay delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available, call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 22×45 rv cover with workshop bay without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month’s payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $304/month on a 22×45 rv cover with workshop bay.

What warranty comes with the 22×45 rv cover with workshop bay?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 22×45 rv cover with workshop bay in 3D before I order?

Yes, our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Can I insulate the 22×45 rv cover with workshop bay for year-round use?

Yes, Steel and Stud offers R-13 wall + R-19 ceiling insulation packages, and the interior is drywall-ready. Most owners finish a rv cover with workshop bay to a livable retreat in 2–3 weekends. Add a mini-split HVAC at checkout for full four-season comfort.

Ready to build?

Your RV Cover with Workshop Bay quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We’ll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install





$14,600.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from \/mo — No credit check
Black steel building housing a motorhome, roll-up bay open, fenced lawn under midday sky

22×45 RV Cover with Workshop Bay

990 sq ft for compact garage, RV cover, or carport

22′ x 45′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 22×45 steel building delivers 990 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
Leg height adjustable up to 20'

$14,600.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from /mo — No credit check
Gray metal workshop with black roll-up door and stone landscaping on a wooded lot

22×45 Hobby Workshop

990 sq ft for compact garage, RV cover, or carport

22′ x 45′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 22×45 steel building delivers 990 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.

22×45 Hobby Workshop | Steel and Stud, From $14,600

12

22×45 Hobby Workshop
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$16,650$14,600SAVE $2,050
or $304/mo · $0 down · no credit check

HomeMetal Buildings22×45Hobby Workshop

★★★★★4.8(verified buyers)✓ Verified Buyers

22×45 Hobby Workshop, built for daily backyard use.

Our 22×45 hobby workshop fits 22-foot widths and 45-foot lengths to give you a finished daily-use building without contractor pricing. Tradespeople and weekend builders order this size as a dedicated workshop with no.

You’re viewing:Hobby Workshop·Size22×45·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$14,600$16,650Save $2,050
or as low as $304/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You’ll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request, no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 22×45
22×40
smaller
$13,000
22×45
this size
$14,600
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7′
8′
9′
10′ +$340
12′ +$640
14′ +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray

🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️

Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪

Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟

Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶

Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🌡️

Insulation Packageyear-round comfort & energy savings
🔩

Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋

Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness

Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method

Electrical Pre-Wireconduit run for licensed electrician
Customizations selected:
Customization subtotal:+$485
  • 990 sq ft enclosed
  • R-19 Insulation
  • 4 Windows
  • Walk-In Door
  • 180 mph wind certified
  • 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-22X45-HOBBY-WORKSHOPBuilt:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
🛡️
A+
BBB Accredited
4.8/5
customer rating
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
15,000+
Buildings
🇺🇸
48
States Served
We’ve provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your workshop layout.

22 feet wide × 45 feet long. Side-load + walk-in, dust-collection ready. Our 22×45 hobby workshop fits 22-foot widths and 45-foot lengths to give you a finished daily-use building without contractor pricing.

Workbench wallTABLE SAW / CENTERLumber / Material rack22′ × 45′ · 990 sq ft · workshop layout

Workbench wall · Table saw / Center · Lumber / Material rack

Workbench wall at the front, table saw / center in the middle, lumber / material rack at the rear. Capacity: 1-person serious shop. Tradespeople and weekend builders order this size as a dedicated workshop with no vehicle parking.

💡 Pro tip:14 GA Standard. Size affords: dust collection, 220V subpanel, shop sink.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 22×45 Hobby Workshop in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer, drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim, mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote, what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
, or,

📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)

WHAT’S INCLUDED

Everything in your Hobby Workshop.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
990 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 22×45 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Hobby Workshop spec sheet.

Width22′
Length45′ + 6" overhang
Side height9′ standard
Floor space990 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use Hobby Workshop.

DAILY USEEveryday hobby workshop
Everyday hobby workshop
990 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a hobby workshop.
STORAGE OVERFLOWhobby workshop + seasonal storage
hobby workshop + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add a partition, electrical, or insulation later.

FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

22×45 Hobby Workshop, what makes it different.

990sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$304/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 22×45 hobby workshop is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use, not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install, really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all, fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $304/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 22×45?

990 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial, fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 22′ × 45′ footprint with 990 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $7,920–$11,880 added home value

PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from Hobby Workshop shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 22×45 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes, free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What’s the typical lead time for a 22×45 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month’s payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What’s covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud’s 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 22×45 Hobby Workshop buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 22×45 Hobby Workshop

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review


HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 15,000+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day, usually in under 8 minutes.

Complete your Hobby Workshop · Save 10% bundled

These add-ons ship and install with the same crew.

Browse all 28 add-ons →

Bundle & Save

🏗️
Concrete Pad Pour
23×46×4″ slab to engineered spec.
$4,455+ Add
Most Added

🌡
R-19 Insulation Package
Roof & wall batt, vinyl-faced.
$1,795+ Add
💧
Gutter & Downspout Kit
Seamless aluminum, color-matched.
$485+ Add
200-Amp Sub-Panel Pre-Wire
Conduit + sub-panel housing.
$695+ Add
CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose Hobby Workshop also viewed:

🏡 22×45

Two-Car Detached Garage

22×45 two-car detached garage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$14,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Two-Car Detached Garage →

🎯 22×45

RV Cover with Workshop Bay

22×45 rv cover with workshop bay configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$14,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize RV Cover with Workshop Bay →

🌾 22×45

Hay and Equipment Barn

22×45 hay and equipment barn configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,250Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Hay and Equipment Barn →

🏢 22×45

Contractor Shop

22×45 contractor shop configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$16,450Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Contractor Shop →

🏡 22×45

Man Cave or She Shed

22×45 man cave or she shed configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$14,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Man Cave or She Shed →

🌾 22×45

Horse Barn (4-Stall)

22×45 horse barn (4-stall) configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,250Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Horse Barn (4-Stall) →

🏢 22×45

Auto Repair Shop

22×45 auto repair shop configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$16,450Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Auto Repair Shop →

🏢 22×45

Storage Building

22×45 storage building configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$16,450Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Storage Building →

🎯 22×45

Boat and Toy Storage

22×45 boat and toy storage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$14,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Boat and Toy Storage →

🏛️ 22×45

Community or Church Building

22×45 community or church building configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$16,550Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Community or Church Building →

🏡 22×45

Garage with Loft

22×45 garage with loft configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$14,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Garage with Loft →

FREQUENTLY ASKED

Hobby Workshop questions, answered.

How much does a 22×45 hobby workshop cost?

A 22×45 hobby workshop from Steel and Stud starts at $14,600 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $304/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 22×45 hobby workshop price?

Yes, every Steel and Stud hobby workshop ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 22×45 hobby workshop?

Almost always for 990+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud hobby workshop different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates, no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 22×45 hobby workshop need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don’t already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 22×45 hobby workshop delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available, call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 22×45 hobby workshop without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month’s payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $304/month on a 22×45 hobby workshop.

What warranty comes with the 22×45 hobby workshop?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 22×45 hobby workshop in 3D before I order?

Yes, our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Does a 22×45 hobby workshop add resale value to my home?

An enclosed 22×45 hobby workshop typically adds $7,920–$11,880 in resale value per regional comp data, and most insurance carriers reduce premiums for indoor vehicle / equipment storage. Steel and Stud’s 20-year rust warranty transfers to the next owner.

Ready to build?

Your Hobby Workshop quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We’ll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install





$14,600.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from \/mo — No credit check
Gray metal workshop with black roll-up door and stone landscaping on a wooded lot

22×45 Hobby Workshop

990 sq ft for compact garage, RV cover, or carport

22′ x 45′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 22×45 steel building delivers 990 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
Leg height adjustable up to 20'

$14,600.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from /mo — No credit check
Barn red steel barn with white sliding doors and round hay bales stacked beside it

22×45 Hay and Equipment Barn

990 sq ft for compact garage, RV cover, or carport

22′ x 45′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 22×45 steel building delivers 990 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.

22×45 Hay and Equipment Barn | Steel and Stud, From $15,250

12

22×45 Hay and Equipment Barn
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$17,400$15,250SAVE $2,150
or $318/mo · $0 down · no credit check

HomeMetal Buildings22×45Hay and Equipment Barn

★★★★★4.8(verified buyers)✓ Verified Buyers

22×45 Hay and Equipment Barn, built for farm and ranch demands.

Looking for a 22×45 hay and equipment barn? At 990 sq ft, this footprint suits farm storage, tractor cover, or tack rooms. Hobby farmers and rural property owners use the 22×45 metal barn for round-bale storage, a.

You’re viewing:Hay and Equipment Barn·Size22×45·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$15,250$17,400Save $2,150
or as low as $318/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You’ll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request, no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 22×45
22×40
smaller
$13,650
22×45
this size
$15,250
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7′
8′
9′
10′ +$340
12′ +$640
14′ +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray

🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️

Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪

Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟

Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶

Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🌡️

Insulation Packageyear-round comfort & energy savings
🔩

Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋

Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness

Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method

Electrical Pre-Wireconduit run for licensed electrician
Customizations selected:
Customization subtotal:+$485
  • 990 sq ft enclosed
  • 16′ Legs
  • Sliding Barn Door
  • Open 3-Sided
  • 180 mph wind certified
  • 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-22X45-HAY-EQUIPMENT-BABuilt:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
🛡️
A+
BBB Accredited
4.8/5
customer rating
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
15,000+
Buildings
🇺🇸
48
States Served
We’ve provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your hay-barn layout.

22 feet wide × 45 feet long. Looking for a 22×45 hay and equipment barn? At 990 sq ft, this footprint suits farm storage, tractor cover, or tack rooms.

Hay storageFEED ALLEYEquipment22′ × 45′ · 990 sq ft · hay-barn layout

Hay storage · Feed alley · Equipment

Hay storage at the front, feed alley in the middle, equipment at the rear. Hobby farmers and rural property owners use the 22×45 metal barn for round-bale storage, a tractor bay, and a small tack room partition.

💡 Pro tip:Open 3-Sided.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 22×45 Hay and Equipment Barn in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer, drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim, mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote, what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
, or,

📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)

WHAT’S INCLUDED

Everything in your Hay and Equipment Barn.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
990 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 22×45 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Hay and Equipment Barn spec sheet.

Width22′
Length45′ + 6" overhang
Side height9′ standard
Floor space990 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use Hay and Equipment Barn.

DAILY USEEveryday hay and equipment barn
Everyday hay and equipment barn
990 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a hay and equipment barn.
STORAGE OVERFLOWhay and equipment barn + seasonal storage
hay and equipment barn + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add a partition, electrical, or insulation later.

FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

22×45 Hay and Equipment Barn, what makes it different.

990sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$318/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 22×45 hay and equipment barn is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use, not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install, really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all, fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $318/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 22×45?

990 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial, fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 22′ × 45′ footprint with 990 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $7,920–$11,880 added home value

PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from Hay and Equipment Barn shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 22×45 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes, free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What’s the typical lead time for a 22×45 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month’s payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What’s covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud’s 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 22×45 Hay and Equipment Barn buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 22×45 Hay and Equipment Barn

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review


HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 15,000+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day, usually in under 8 minutes.

Complete your Hay and Equipment Barn · Save 10% bundled

These add-ons ship and install with the same crew.

Browse all 28 add-ons →

Bundle & Save

🏗️
Concrete Pad Pour
23×46×4″ slab to engineered spec.
$4,455+ Add
Most Added

🌡
R-19 Insulation Package
Roof & wall batt, vinyl-faced.
$1,795+ Add
💧
Gutter & Downspout Kit
Seamless aluminum, color-matched.
$485+ Add
200-Amp Sub-Panel Pre-Wire
Conduit + sub-panel housing.
$695+ Add
CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose Hay and Equipment Barn also viewed:

🏡 22×45

Two-Car Detached Garage

22×45 two-car detached garage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$14,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Two-Car Detached Garage →

🎯 22×45

RV Cover with Workshop Bay

22×45 rv cover with workshop bay configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$14,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize RV Cover with Workshop Bay →

🏡 22×45

Hobby Workshop

22×45 hobby workshop configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$14,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Hobby Workshop →

🏢 22×45

Contractor Shop

22×45 contractor shop configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$16,450Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Contractor Shop →

🏡 22×45

Man Cave or She Shed

22×45 man cave or she shed configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$14,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Man Cave or She Shed →

🌾 22×45

Horse Barn (4-Stall)

22×45 horse barn (4-stall) configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,250Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Horse Barn (4-Stall) →

🏢 22×45

Auto Repair Shop

22×45 auto repair shop configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$16,450Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Auto Repair Shop →

🏢 22×45

Storage Building

22×45 storage building configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$16,450Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Storage Building →

🎯 22×45

Boat and Toy Storage

22×45 boat and toy storage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$14,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Boat and Toy Storage →

🏛️ 22×45

Community or Church Building

22×45 community or church building configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$16,550Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Community or Church Building →

🏡 22×45

Garage with Loft

22×45 garage with loft configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$14,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Garage with Loft →

FREQUENTLY ASKED

Hay and Equipment Barn questions, answered.

How much does a 22×45 hay and equipment barn cost?

A 22×45 hay and equipment barn from Steel and Stud starts at $15,250 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $318/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 22×45 hay and equipment barn price?

Yes, every Steel and Stud hay and equipment barn ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 22×45 hay and equipment barn?

Almost always for 990+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud hay and equipment barn different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates, no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 22×45 hay and equipment barn need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don’t already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 22×45 hay and equipment barn delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available, call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 22×45 hay and equipment barn without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month’s payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $318/month on a 22×45 hay and equipment barn.

What warranty comes with the 22×45 hay and equipment barn?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 22×45 hay and equipment barn in 3D before I order?

Yes, our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Will the 22×45 hay and equipment barn stand up to livestock and Midwest weather?

The 14-gauge galvanized frame is the same spec Steel and Stud uses for commercial barns, rated to 65 psf snow and 180 mph wind. Ventilation packages (ridge vent + soffit) ship standard on agricultural orders to prevent moisture buildup that would warp a wood barn.

Ready to build?

Your Hay and Equipment Barn quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We’ll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install





$15,250.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from \/mo — No credit check
Barn red steel barn with white sliding doors and round hay bales stacked beside it

22×45 Hay and Equipment Barn

990 sq ft for compact garage, RV cover, or carport

22′ x 45′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 22×45 steel building delivers 990 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
Leg height adjustable up to 20'

$15,250.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from /mo — No credit check
Red steel carport with attached enclosed garage sheltering a tractor and pickup at sunset

22×45 Contractor Shop

990 sq ft for compact garage, RV cover, or carport

22′ x 45′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 22×45 steel building delivers 990 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.

22×45 Contractor Shop | Steel and Stud, From $16,450

12

22×45 Contractor Shop
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$18,750$16,450SAVE $2,300
or $343/mo · $0 down · no credit check

HomeMetal Buildings22×45Contractor Shop

★★★★★4.8(verified buyers)✓ Verified Buyers

22×45 Contractor Shop, engineered for code-compliant business use.

Our 22×45 contractor shop fits 22-foot widths and 45-foot lengths to give you a code-passing shell delivered in 4–6 weeks. HVAC, plumbing, and electrical contractors order this size as a fleet shop with one bay for a.

You’re viewing:Contractor Shop·Size22×45·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$16,450$18,750Save $2,300
or as low as $343/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You’ll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request, no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 22×45
22×40
smaller
$14,850
22×45
this size
$16,450
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7′
8′
9′
10′ +$340
12′ +$640
14′ +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray

🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️

Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪

Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟

Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶

Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🌡️

Insulation Packageyear-round comfort & energy savings
🔩

Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋

Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness

Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method

Electrical Pre-Wireconduit run for licensed electrician
Customizations selected:
Customization subtotal:+$485
  • 990 sq ft enclosed
  • 12 GA Frame
  • 12×12 Door
  • Commercial Cert
  • 180 mph wind certified
  • 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-22X45-CONTRACTOR-SHOPBuilt:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
🛡️
A+
BBB Accredited
4.8/5
customer rating
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
15,000+
Buildings
🇺🇸
48
States Served
We’ve provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your contractor-storage layout.

22 feet wide × 45 feet long. Our 22×45 contractor shop fits 22-foot widths and 45-foot lengths to give you a code-passing shell delivered in 4–6 weeks.

Inventory racksLOADING BAYOffice / Desk22′ × 45′ · 990 sq ft · contractor-storage layout

Inventory racks · Loading bay · Office / Desk

Inventory racks at the front, loading bay in the middle, office / desk at the rear. HVAC, plumbing, and electrical contractors order this size as a fleet shop with one bay for a service van, one for tool storage, and a partitioned office at the rear.

💡 Pro tip:Commercial Cert.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 22×45 Contractor Shop in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer, drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim, mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote, what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
, or,

📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)

WHAT’S INCLUDED

Everything in your Contractor Shop.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
990 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 22×45 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Contractor Shop spec sheet.

Width22′
Length45′ + 6" overhang
Side height9′ standard
Floor space990 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use Contractor Shop.

DAILY USEEveryday contractor shop
Everyday contractor shop
990 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a contractor shop.
STORAGE OVERFLOWcontractor shop + seasonal storage
contractor shop + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add a partition, electrical, or insulation later.

FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

22×45 Contractor Shop, what makes it different.

990sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$343/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 22×45 contractor shop is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use, not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install, really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all, fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $343/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 22×45?

990 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial, fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 22′ × 45′ footprint with 990 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $7,920–$11,880 added home value

PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from Contractor Shop shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 22×45 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes, free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What’s the typical lead time for a 22×45 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month’s payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What’s covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud’s 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 22×45 Contractor Shop buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 22×45 Contractor Shop

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review


HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 15,000+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day, usually in under 8 minutes.

Complete your Contractor Shop · Save 10% bundled

These add-ons ship and install with the same crew.

Browse all 28 add-ons →

Bundle & Save

🏗️
Concrete Pad Pour
23×46×4″ slab to engineered spec.
$4,455+ Add
Most Added

🌡
R-19 Insulation Package
Roof & wall batt, vinyl-faced.
$1,795+ Add
💧
Gutter & Downspout Kit
Seamless aluminum, color-matched.
$485+ Add
200-Amp Sub-Panel Pre-Wire
Conduit + sub-panel housing.
$695+ Add
CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose Contractor Shop also viewed:

🏡 22×45

Two-Car Detached Garage

22×45 two-car detached garage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$14,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Two-Car Detached Garage →

🎯 22×45

RV Cover with Workshop Bay

22×45 rv cover with workshop bay configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$14,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize RV Cover with Workshop Bay →

🏡 22×45

Hobby Workshop

22×45 hobby workshop configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$14,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Hobby Workshop →

🌾 22×45

Hay and Equipment Barn

22×45 hay and equipment barn configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,250Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Hay and Equipment Barn →

🏡 22×45

Man Cave or She Shed

22×45 man cave or she shed configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$14,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Man Cave or She Shed →

🌾 22×45

Horse Barn (4-Stall)

22×45 horse barn (4-stall) configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,250Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Horse Barn (4-Stall) →

🏢 22×45

Auto Repair Shop

22×45 auto repair shop configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$16,450Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Auto Repair Shop →

🏢 22×45

Storage Building

22×45 storage building configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$16,450Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Storage Building →

🎯 22×45

Boat and Toy Storage

22×45 boat and toy storage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$14,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Boat and Toy Storage →

🏛️ 22×45

Community or Church Building

22×45 community or church building configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$16,550Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Community or Church Building →

🏡 22×45

Garage with Loft

22×45 garage with loft configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$14,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Garage with Loft →

FREQUENTLY ASKED

Contractor Shop questions, answered.

How much does a 22×45 contractor shop cost?

A 22×45 contractor shop from Steel and Stud starts at $16,450 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $343/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 22×45 contractor shop price?

Yes, every Steel and Stud contractor shop ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 22×45 contractor shop?

Almost always for 990+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud contractor shop different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates, no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 22×45 contractor shop need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don’t already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 22×45 contractor shop delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available, call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 22×45 contractor shop without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month’s payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $343/month on a 22×45 contractor shop.

What warranty comes with the 22×45 contractor shop?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 22×45 contractor shop in 3D before I order?

Yes, our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Does the 22×45 contractor shop meet IBC commercial code?

Yes. Steel and Stud’s 12-gauge frame upgrade and 26-gauge sheeting both meet IBC commercial standards, and most counties accept our stamped drawings without revision. Engineered loads ship with the order, typical certified specs are 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow.

Ready to build?

Your Contractor Shop quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We’ll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install





$16,450.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from \/mo — No credit check
Red steel carport with attached enclosed garage sheltering a tractor and pickup at sunset

22×45 Contractor Shop

990 sq ft for compact garage, RV cover, or carport

22′ x 45′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 22×45 steel building delivers 990 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
Leg height adjustable up to 20'

$16,450.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from /mo — No credit check
Barn red steel structure opening to a man cave lounge with fire pit patio

22×45 Man Cave or She Shed

990 sq ft for compact garage, RV cover, or carport

22′ x 45′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 22×45 steel building delivers 990 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.

22×45 Man Cave or She Shed | Steel and Stud, From $14,600

12

22×45 Man Cave or She Shed
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$16,650$14,600SAVE $2,050
or $304/mo · $0 down · no credit check

HomeMetal Buildings22×45Man Cave or She Shed

★★★★★4.8(verified buyers)✓ Verified Buyers

22×45 Man Cave or She Shed, built for daily backyard use.

Looking for a 22×45 man cave or she shed? At 990 sq ft, this footprint suits homeowners adding garage, workshop, or hobby space. When the use case is hangout space, not storage, buyers spec the 22×45 with full.

You’re viewing:Man Cave or She Shed·Size22×45·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$14,600$16,650Save $2,050
or as low as $304/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You’ll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request, no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 22×45
22×40
smaller
$13,000
22×45
this size
$14,600
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7′
8′
9′
10′ +$340
12′ +$640
14′ +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray

🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️

Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪

Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟

Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶

Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🌡️

Insulation Packageyear-round comfort & energy savings
🔩

Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋

Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness

Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method

Electrical Pre-Wireconduit run for licensed electrician
Customizations selected:
Customization subtotal:+$485
  • 990 sq ft enclosed
  • French Doors
  • Wainscoting
  • R-19 Insulation
  • 180 mph wind certified
  • 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-22X45-MAN-CAVE-SHE-SHEBuilt:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
🛡️
A+
BBB Accredited
4.8/5
customer rating
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
15,000+
Buildings
🇺🇸
48
States Served
We’ve provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your finished retreat layout.

22 feet wide × 45 feet long. Looking for a 22×45 man cave or she shed? At 990 sq ft, this footprint suits homeowners adding garage, workshop, or hobby space.

Main loungeWet bar / Kitch.Bath / Storage22′ × 45′ · 990 sq ft · finished retreat layout

Main lounge · Wet bar / Kitch. · Bath / Storage

Main lounge at the front, wet bar / kitch. in the middle, bath / storage at the rear. When the use case is hangout space, not storage, buyers spec the 22×45 with full insulation, four large windows, French doors, and wainscoting in a contrasting trim color.

💡 Pro tip:R-19 Insulation.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 22×45 Man Cave or She Shed in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer, drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim, mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote, what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
, or,

📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)

WHAT’S INCLUDED

Everything in your Man Cave or She Shed.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
990 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 22×45 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Man Cave or She Shed spec sheet.

Width22′
Length45′ + 6" overhang
Side height9′ standard
Floor space990 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use Man Cave or She Shed.

DAILY USEEveryday man cave or she shed
Everyday man cave or she shed
990 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a man cave or she shed.
STORAGE OVERFLOWman cave or she shed + seasonal storage
man cave or she shed + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add a partition, electrical, or insulation later.

FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

22×45 Man Cave or She Shed, what makes it different.

990sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$304/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 22×45 man cave or she shed is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use, not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install, really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all, fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $304/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 22×45?

990 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial, fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 22′ × 45′ footprint with 990 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $7,920–$11,880 added home value

PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from Man Cave or She Shed shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 22×45 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes, free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What’s the typical lead time for a 22×45 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month’s payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What’s covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud’s 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 22×45 Man Cave or She Shed buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 22×45 Man Cave or She Shed

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review


HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 15,000+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day, usually in under 8 minutes.

Complete your Man Cave or She Shed · Save 10% bundled

These add-ons ship and install with the same crew.

Browse all 28 add-ons →

Bundle & Save

🏗️
Concrete Pad Pour
23×46×4″ slab to engineered spec.
$4,455+ Add
Most Added

🌡
R-19 Insulation Package
Roof & wall batt, vinyl-faced.
$1,795+ Add
💧
Gutter & Downspout Kit
Seamless aluminum, color-matched.
$485+ Add
200-Amp Sub-Panel Pre-Wire
Conduit + sub-panel housing.
$695+ Add
CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose Man Cave or She Shed also viewed:

🏡 22×45

Two-Car Detached Garage

22×45 two-car detached garage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$14,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Two-Car Detached Garage →

🎯 22×45

RV Cover with Workshop Bay

22×45 rv cover with workshop bay configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$14,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize RV Cover with Workshop Bay →

🏡 22×45

Hobby Workshop

22×45 hobby workshop configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$14,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Hobby Workshop →

🌾 22×45

Hay and Equipment Barn

22×45 hay and equipment barn configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,250Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Hay and Equipment Barn →

🏢 22×45

Contractor Shop

22×45 contractor shop configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$16,450Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Contractor Shop →

🌾 22×45

Horse Barn (4-Stall)

22×45 horse barn (4-stall) configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,250Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Horse Barn (4-Stall) →

🏢 22×45

Auto Repair Shop

22×45 auto repair shop configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$16,450Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Auto Repair Shop →

🏢 22×45

Storage Building

22×45 storage building configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$16,450Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Storage Building →

🎯 22×45

Boat and Toy Storage

22×45 boat and toy storage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$14,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Boat and Toy Storage →

🏛️ 22×45

Community or Church Building

22×45 community or church building configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$16,550Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Community or Church Building →

🏡 22×45

Garage with Loft

22×45 garage with loft configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$14,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Garage with Loft →

FREQUENTLY ASKED

Man Cave or She Shed questions, answered.

How much does a 22×45 man cave or she shed cost?

A 22×45 man cave or she shed from Steel and Stud starts at $14,600 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $304/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 22×45 man cave or she shed price?

Yes, every Steel and Stud man cave or she shed ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 22×45 man cave or she shed?

Almost always for 990+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud man cave or she shed different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates, no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 22×45 man cave or she shed need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don’t already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 22×45 man cave or she shed delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available, call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 22×45 man cave or she shed without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month’s payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $304/month on a 22×45 man cave or she shed.

What warranty comes with the 22×45 man cave or she shed?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 22×45 man cave or she shed in 3D before I order?

Yes, our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Does a 22×45 man cave or she shed add resale value to my home?

An enclosed 22×45 man cave or she shed typically adds $7,920–$11,880 in resale value per regional comp data, and most insurance carriers reduce premiums for indoor vehicle / equipment storage. Steel and Stud’s 20-year rust warranty transfers to the next owner.

Ready to build?

Your Man Cave or She Shed quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We’ll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install





$14,600.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from \/mo — No credit check
Barn red steel structure opening to a man cave lounge with fire pit patio

22×45 Man Cave or She Shed

990 sq ft for compact garage, RV cover, or carport

22′ x 45′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 22×45 steel building delivers 990 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
Leg height adjustable up to 20'

$14,600.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from /mo — No credit check
Red metal barn with three white trimmed stall doors, cupola, and white pasture fencing

22×45 Horse Barn (4-Stall)

990 sq ft for compact garage, RV cover, or carport

22′ x 45′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 22×45 steel building delivers 990 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.

22×45 Horse Barn (4-Stall) | Steel and Stud, From $15,250

12

22×45 Horse Barn (4-Stall)
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$17,400$15,250SAVE $2,150
or $318/mo · $0 down · no credit check

HomeMetal Buildings22×45Horse Barn (4-Stall)

★★★★★4.8(verified buyers)✓ Verified Buyers

22×45 Horse Barn (4-Stall), built for farm and ranch demands.

Built for farm and ranch operations, this 22×45 horse barn (4-stall) packs 990 sq ft into a code-compliant shell. Equestrian buyers configure the 22×45 as a four-stall horse barn with a 10-ft center aisle and 22×45.

You’re viewing:Horse Barn (4-Stall)·Size22×45·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$15,250$17,400Save $2,150
or as low as $318/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You’ll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request, no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 22×45
22×40
smaller
$13,650
22×45
this size
$15,250
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7′
8′
9′
10′ +$340
12′ +$640
14′ +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray

🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️

Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪

Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟

Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶

Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🌡️

Insulation Packageyear-round comfort & energy savings
🔩

Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋

Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness

Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method

Electrical Pre-Wireconduit run for licensed electrician
Customizations selected:
Customization subtotal:+$485
  • 990 sq ft enclosed
  • 4 Stalls
  • Center Aisle
  • Ridge Vent
  • 180 mph wind certified
  • 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-22X45-HORSE-BARN-4-STABuilt:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
🛡️
A+
BBB Accredited
4.8/5
customer rating
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
15,000+
Buildings
🇺🇸
48
States Served
We’ve provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your shedrow horse barn.

22 feet wide × 45 feet long. Center-aisle layout with cross-ties. Built for farm and ranch operations, this 22×45 horse barn (4-stall) packs 990 sq ft into a code-compliant shell.

2 stalls10-FT CENTER AISLETack + Feed room22′ × 45′ · 990 sq ft · shedrow horse barn

2 stalls · 10-ft center aisle · Tack + Feed room

2 stalls at the front, 10-ft center aisle in the middle, tack + feed room at the rear. Capacity: 2 horses + tack + feed. Equestrian buyers configure the 22×45 as a four-stall horse barn with a 10-ft center aisle and 22×45 stalls down both 40-ft walls.

💡 Pro tip:Ridge Vent. Size affords: dutch doors per stall, wash bay rough-in, fly system.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 22×45 Horse Barn (4-Stall) in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer, drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim, mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote, what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
, or,

📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)

WHAT’S INCLUDED

Everything in your Horse Barn (4-Stall).

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
990 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 22×45 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Horse Barn (4-Stall) spec sheet.

Width22′
Length45′ + 6" overhang
Side height9′ standard
Floor space990 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use Horse Barn (4-Stall).

DAILY USEEveryday horse barn (4-stall)
Everyday horse barn (4-stall)
990 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a horse barn (4-stall).
STORAGE OVERFLOWhorse barn (4-stall) + seasonal storage
horse barn (4-stall) + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add a partition, electrical, or insulation later.

FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

22×45 Horse Barn (4-Stall), what makes it different.

990sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$318/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 22×45 horse barn (4-stall) is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use, not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install, really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all, fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $318/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 22×45?

990 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial, fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 22′ × 45′ footprint with 990 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $7,920–$11,880 added home value

PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from Horse Barn (4-Stall) shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 22×45 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes, free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What’s the typical lead time for a 22×45 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month’s payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What’s covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud’s 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 22×45 Horse Barn (4-Stall) buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 22×45 Horse Barn (4-Stall)

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review


HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 15,000+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day, usually in under 8 minutes.

Complete your Horse Barn (4-Stall) · Save 10% bundled

These add-ons ship and install with the same crew.

Browse all 28 add-ons →

Bundle & Save

🏗️
Concrete Pad Pour
23×46×4″ slab to engineered spec.
$4,455+ Add
Most Added

🌡
R-19 Insulation Package
Roof & wall batt, vinyl-faced.
$1,795+ Add
💧
Gutter & Downspout Kit
Seamless aluminum, color-matched.
$485+ Add
200-Amp Sub-Panel Pre-Wire
Conduit + sub-panel housing.
$695+ Add
CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose Horse Barn (4-Stall) also viewed:

🏡 22×45

Two-Car Detached Garage

22×45 two-car detached garage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$14,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Two-Car Detached Garage →

🎯 22×45

RV Cover with Workshop Bay

22×45 rv cover with workshop bay configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$14,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize RV Cover with Workshop Bay →

🏡 22×45

Hobby Workshop

22×45 hobby workshop configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$14,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Hobby Workshop →

🌾 22×45

Hay and Equipment Barn

22×45 hay and equipment barn configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,250Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Hay and Equipment Barn →

🏢 22×45

Contractor Shop

22×45 contractor shop configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$16,450Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Contractor Shop →

🏡 22×45

Man Cave or She Shed

22×45 man cave or she shed configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$14,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Man Cave or She Shed →

🏢 22×45

Auto Repair Shop

22×45 auto repair shop configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$16,450Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Auto Repair Shop →

🏢 22×45

Storage Building

22×45 storage building configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$16,450Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Storage Building →

🎯 22×45

Boat and Toy Storage

22×45 boat and toy storage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$14,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Boat and Toy Storage →

🏛️ 22×45

Community or Church Building

22×45 community or church building configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$16,550Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Community or Church Building →

🏡 22×45

Garage with Loft

22×45 garage with loft configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$14,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Garage with Loft →

FREQUENTLY ASKED

Horse Barn (4-Stall) questions, answered.

How much does a 22×45 horse barn (4-stall) cost?

A 22×45 horse barn (4-stall) from Steel and Stud starts at $15,250 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $318/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 22×45 horse barn (4-stall) price?

Yes, every Steel and Stud horse barn (4-stall) ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 22×45 horse barn (4-stall)?

Almost always for 990+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud horse barn (4-stall) different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates, no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 22×45 horse barn (4-stall) need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don’t already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 22×45 horse barn (4-stall) delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available, call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 22×45 horse barn (4-stall) without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month’s payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $318/month on a 22×45 horse barn (4-stall).

What warranty comes with the 22×45 horse barn (4-stall)?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 22×45 horse barn (4-stall) in 3D before I order?

Yes, our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Will the 22×45 horse barn (4-stall) stand up to livestock and Midwest weather?

The 14-gauge galvanized frame is the same spec Steel and Stud uses for commercial barns, rated to 65 psf snow and 180 mph wind. Ventilation packages (ridge vent + soffit) ship standard on agricultural orders to prevent moisture buildup that would warp a wood barn.

Ready to build?

Your Horse Barn (4-Stall) quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We’ll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install





$15,250.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from \/mo — No credit check
Red metal barn with three white trimmed stall doors, cupola, and white pasture fencing

22×45 Horse Barn (4-Stall)

990 sq ft for compact garage, RV cover, or carport

22′ x 45′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 22×45 steel building delivers 990 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
Leg height adjustable up to 20'

$15,250.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from /mo — No credit check
Red steel garage with open bay sheltering a silver muscle car beside the house

22×45 Auto Repair Shop

990 sq ft for compact garage, RV cover, or carport

22′ x 45′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 22×45 steel building delivers 990 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.

22×45 Auto Repair Shop | Steel and Stud, From $16,450

12

22×45 Auto Repair Shop
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$18,750$16,450SAVE $2,300
or $343/mo · $0 down · no credit check

HomeMetal Buildings22×45Auto Repair Shop

★★★★★4.8(verified buyers)✓ Verified Buyers

22×45 Auto Repair Shop, engineered for code-compliant business use.

Built for business owners who need fast permitted occupancy, this 22×45 auto repair shop packs 990 sq ft into a code-compliant shell. Independent mechanics order the 22×45 as a single-bay shop with a 12-ft leg height.

You’re viewing:Auto Repair Shop·Size22×45·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$16,450$18,750Save $2,300
or as low as $343/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You’ll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request, no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 22×45
22×40
smaller
$14,850
22×45
this size
$16,450
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7′
8′
9′
10′ +$340
12′ +$640
14′ +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray

🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️

Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪

Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟

Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶

Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🌡️

Insulation Packageyear-round comfort & energy savings
🔩

Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋

Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness

Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method

Electrical Pre-Wireconduit run for licensed electrician
Customizations selected:
Customization subtotal:+$485
  • 990 sq ft enclosed
  • 12′ Legs
  • Two-Post Lift Clear
  • 10×10 Door
  • 180 mph wind certified
  • 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-22X45-AUTO-REPAIR-SHOPBuilt:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
🛡️
A+
BBB Accredited
4.8/5
customer rating
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
15,000+
Buildings
🇺🇸
48
States Served
We’ve provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your service-bay layout.

22 feet wide × 45 feet long. Built for business owners who need fast permitted occupancy, this 22×45 auto repair shop packs 990 sq ft into a code-compliant shell.

Lift bay 1LIFT BAY 2Parts / tools22′ × 45′ · 990 sq ft · service-bay layout

Lift bay 1 · Lift bay 2 · Parts / tools

Lift bay 1 at the front, lift bay 2 in the middle, parts / tools at the rear. Independent mechanics order the 22×45 as a single-bay shop with a 12-ft leg height that clears a two-post lift.

💡 Pro tip:12 GA Frame.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 22×45 Auto Repair Shop in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer, drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim, mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote, what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
, or,

📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)

WHAT’S INCLUDED

Everything in your Auto Repair Shop.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
990 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 22×45 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Auto Repair Shop spec sheet.

Width22′
Length45′ + 6" overhang
Side height9′ standard
Floor space990 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use Auto Repair Shop.

DAILY USEEveryday auto repair shop
Everyday auto repair shop
990 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a auto repair shop.
STORAGE OVERFLOWauto repair shop + seasonal storage
auto repair shop + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add a partition, electrical, or insulation later.

FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

22×45 Auto Repair Shop, what makes it different.

990sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$343/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 22×45 auto repair shop is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use, not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install, really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all, fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $343/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 22×45?

990 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial, fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 22′ × 45′ footprint with 990 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $7,920–$11,880 added home value

PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from Auto Repair Shop shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 22×45 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes, free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What’s the typical lead time for a 22×45 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month’s payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What’s covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud’s 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 22×45 Auto Repair Shop buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 22×45 Auto Repair Shop

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review


HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 15,000+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day, usually in under 8 minutes.

Complete your Auto Repair Shop · Save 10% bundled

These add-ons ship and install with the same crew.

Browse all 28 add-ons →

Bundle & Save

🏗️
Concrete Pad Pour
23×46×4″ slab to engineered spec.
$4,455+ Add
Most Added

🌡
R-19 Insulation Package
Roof & wall batt, vinyl-faced.
$1,795+ Add
💧
Gutter & Downspout Kit
Seamless aluminum, color-matched.
$485+ Add
200-Amp Sub-Panel Pre-Wire
Conduit + sub-panel housing.
$695+ Add
CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose Auto Repair Shop also viewed:

🏡 22×45

Two-Car Detached Garage

22×45 two-car detached garage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$14,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Two-Car Detached Garage →

🎯 22×45

RV Cover with Workshop Bay

22×45 rv cover with workshop bay configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$14,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize RV Cover with Workshop Bay →

🏡 22×45

Hobby Workshop

22×45 hobby workshop configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$14,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Hobby Workshop →

🌾 22×45

Hay and Equipment Barn

22×45 hay and equipment barn configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,250Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Hay and Equipment Barn →

🏢 22×45

Contractor Shop

22×45 contractor shop configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$16,450Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Contractor Shop →

🏡 22×45

Man Cave or She Shed

22×45 man cave or she shed configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$14,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Man Cave or She Shed →

🌾 22×45

Horse Barn (4-Stall)

22×45 horse barn (4-stall) configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,250Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Horse Barn (4-Stall) →

🏢 22×45

Storage Building

22×45 storage building configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$16,450Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Storage Building →

🎯 22×45

Boat and Toy Storage

22×45 boat and toy storage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$14,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Boat and Toy Storage →

🏛️ 22×45

Community or Church Building

22×45 community or church building configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$16,550Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Community or Church Building →

🏡 22×45

Garage with Loft

22×45 garage with loft configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$14,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Garage with Loft →

FREQUENTLY ASKED

Auto Repair Shop questions, answered.

How much does a 22×45 auto repair shop cost?

A 22×45 auto repair shop from Steel and Stud starts at $16,450 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $343/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 22×45 auto repair shop price?

Yes, every Steel and Stud auto repair shop ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 22×45 auto repair shop?

Almost always for 990+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud auto repair shop different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates, no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 22×45 auto repair shop need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don’t already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 22×45 auto repair shop delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available, call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 22×45 auto repair shop without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month’s payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $343/month on a 22×45 auto repair shop.

What warranty comes with the 22×45 auto repair shop?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 22×45 auto repair shop in 3D before I order?

Yes, our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Does the 22×45 auto repair shop meet IBC commercial code?

Yes. Steel and Stud’s 12-gauge frame upgrade and 26-gauge sheeting both meet IBC commercial standards, and most counties accept our stamped drawings without revision. Engineered loads ship with the order, typical certified specs are 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow.

Ready to build?

Your Auto Repair Shop quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We’ll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install





$16,450.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from \/mo — No credit check
Red steel garage with open bay sheltering a silver muscle car beside the house

22×45 Auto Repair Shop

990 sq ft for compact garage, RV cover, or carport

22′ x 45′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 22×45 steel building delivers 990 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
Leg height adjustable up to 20'

$16,450.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from /mo — No credit check
Green open-front metal shed with single-slope roof and wood posts below mountains

22×45 Storage Building

990 sq ft for compact garage, RV cover, or carport

22′ x 45′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 22×45 steel building delivers 990 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.

22×45 Storage Building | Steel and Stud, From $16,450

12

22×45 Storage Building
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$18,750$16,450SAVE $2,300
or $343/mo · $0 down · no credit check

HomeMetal Buildings22×45Storage Building

★★★★★4.8(verified buyers)✓ Verified Buyers

22×45 Storage Building, engineered for code-compliant business use.

Small business owners use the 22×45 for inventory and equipment storage. A 22×45 roll-up on the gable end accepts pallet jacks, and a 36-inch walk-in door provides daily staff access. R-19 insulation keeps temperature.

You’re viewing:Storage Building·Size22×45·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$16,450$18,750Save $2,300
or as low as $343/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You’ll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request, no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 22×45
22×40
smaller
$14,850
22×45
this size
$16,450
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7′
8′
9′
10′ +$340
12′ +$640
14′ +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray

🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️

Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪

Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟

Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶

Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🌡️

Insulation Packageyear-round comfort & energy savings
🔩

Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋

Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness

Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method

Electrical Pre-Wireconduit run for licensed electrician
Customizations selected:
Customization subtotal:+$485
  • 990 sq ft enclosed
  • R-19 Insulated
  • 10×10 Roll-Up
  • Walk-In Door
  • 180 mph wind certified
  • 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-22X45-STORAGE-BUILDINGBuilt:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
🛡️
A+
BBB Accredited
4.8/5
customer rating
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
15,000+
Buildings
🇺🇸
48
States Served
We’ve provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your storage building layout.

22 feet wide × 45 feet long. Small business owners use the 22×45 for inventory and equipment storage.

↑ WINDOW WALL ↑Table SawBenchLumber Rack22′ × 45′ · 990 sq ft · storage building layout

Storage Building layout.

Small business owners use the 22×45 for inventory and equipment storage. A 22×45 roll-up on the gable end accepts pallet jacks, and a 36-inch walk-in door provides daily staff access. R-19 insulation keeps temperature swings off stored stock.

💡 Pro tip:Pallet Access.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 22×45 Storage Building in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer, drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim, mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote, what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
, or,

📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)

WHAT’S INCLUDED

Everything in your Storage Building.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
990 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 22×45 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Storage Building spec sheet.

Width22′
Length45′ + 6" overhang
Side height9′ standard
Floor space990 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use Storage Building.

DAILY USEEveryday storage building
Everyday storage building
990 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a storage building.
STORAGE OVERFLOWstorage building + seasonal storage
storage building + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add a partition, electrical, or insulation later.

FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

22×45 Storage Building, what makes it different.

990sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$343/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 22×45 storage building is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use, not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install, really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all, fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $343/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 22×45?

990 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial, fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 22′ × 45′ footprint with 990 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $7,920–$11,880 added home value

PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from Storage Building shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 22×45 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes, free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What’s the typical lead time for a 22×45 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month’s payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What’s covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud’s 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 22×45 Storage Building buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 22×45 Storage Building

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review


HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 15,000+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day, usually in under 8 minutes.

Complete your Storage Building · Save 10% bundled

These add-ons ship and install with the same crew.

Browse all 28 add-ons →

Bundle & Save

🏗️
Concrete Pad Pour
23×46×4″ slab to engineered spec.
$4,455+ Add
Most Added

🌡
R-19 Insulation Package
Roof & wall batt, vinyl-faced.
$1,795+ Add
💧
Gutter & Downspout Kit
Seamless aluminum, color-matched.
$485+ Add
200-Amp Sub-Panel Pre-Wire
Conduit + sub-panel housing.
$695+ Add
CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose Storage Building also viewed:

🏡 22×45

Two-Car Detached Garage

22×45 two-car detached garage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$14,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Two-Car Detached Garage →

🎯 22×45

RV Cover with Workshop Bay

22×45 rv cover with workshop bay configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$14,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize RV Cover with Workshop Bay →

🏡 22×45

Hobby Workshop

22×45 hobby workshop configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$14,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Hobby Workshop →

🌾 22×45

Hay and Equipment Barn

22×45 hay and equipment barn configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,250Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Hay and Equipment Barn →

🏢 22×45

Contractor Shop

22×45 contractor shop configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$16,450Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Contractor Shop →

🏡 22×45

Man Cave or She Shed

22×45 man cave or she shed configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$14,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Man Cave or She Shed →

🌾 22×45

Horse Barn (4-Stall)

22×45 horse barn (4-stall) configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,250Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Horse Barn (4-Stall) →

🏢 22×45

Auto Repair Shop

22×45 auto repair shop configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$16,450Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Auto Repair Shop →

🎯 22×45

Boat and Toy Storage

22×45 boat and toy storage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$14,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Boat and Toy Storage →

🏛️ 22×45

Community or Church Building

22×45 community or church building configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$16,550Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Community or Church Building →

🏡 22×45

Garage with Loft

22×45 garage with loft configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$14,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Garage with Loft →

FREQUENTLY ASKED

Storage Building questions, answered.

How much does a 22×45 storage building cost?

A 22×45 storage building from Steel and Stud starts at $16,450 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $343/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 22×45 storage building price?

Yes, every Steel and Stud storage building ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 22×45 storage building?

Almost always for 990+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud storage building different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates, no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 22×45 storage building need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don’t already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 22×45 storage building delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available, call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 22×45 storage building without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month’s payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $343/month on a 22×45 storage building.

What warranty comes with the 22×45 storage building?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 22×45 storage building in 3D before I order?

Yes, our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Does the 22×45 storage building meet IBC commercial code?

Yes. Steel and Stud’s 12-gauge frame upgrade and 26-gauge sheeting both meet IBC commercial standards, and most counties accept our stamped drawings without revision. Engineered loads ship with the order, typical certified specs are 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow.

Ready to build?

Your Storage Building quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We’ll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install





$16,450.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from \/mo — No credit check
Green open-front metal shed with single-slope roof and wood posts below mountains

22×45 Storage Building

990 sq ft for compact garage, RV cover, or carport

22′ x 45′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 22×45 steel building delivers 990 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
Leg height adjustable up to 20'

$16,450.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from /mo — No credit check
Barn red prefab metal building with white garage door and fishing boat on gravel drive

22×45 Boat and Toy Storage

990 sq ft for compact garage, RV cover, or carport

22′ x 45′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 22×45 steel building delivers 990 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.

22×45 Boat and Toy Storage | Steel and Stud, From $14,600

12

22×45 Boat and Toy Storage
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$16,650$14,600SAVE $2,050
or $304/mo · $0 down · no credit check

HomeMetal Buildings22×45Boat and Toy Storage

★★★★★4.8(verified buyers)✓ Verified Buyers

22×45 Boat and Toy Storage, built for hobby and recreational use.

Built for recreational use without site-build cost, this 22×45 boat and toy storage packs 990 sq ft into a code-compliant shell. Lake and coastal homeowners store a wake boat on a tandem trailer, two jet skis, and a tow.

You’re viewing:Boat and Toy Storage·Size22×45·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$14,600$16,650Save $2,050
or as low as $304/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You’ll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request, no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 22×45
22×40
smaller
$13,000
22×45
this size
$14,600
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7′
8′
9′
10′ +$340
12′ +$640
14′ +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray

🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️

Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪

Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟

Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶

Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🌡️

Insulation Packageyear-round comfort & energy savings
🔩

Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋

Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness

Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method

Electrical Pre-Wireconduit run for licensed electrician
Customizations selected:
Customization subtotal:+$485
  • 990 sq ft enclosed
  • Hurricane Cert
  • 12′ Legs
  • 10×10 Door
  • 180 mph wind certified
  • 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-22X45-BOAT-TOY-STORAGEBuilt:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
🛡️
A+
BBB Accredited
4.8/5
customer rating
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
15,000+
Buildings
🇺🇸
48
States Served
We’ve provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your boat-storage layout.

22 feet wide × 45 feet long. Built for recreational use without site-build cost, this 22×45 boat and toy storage packs 990 sq ft into a code-compliant shell.

BOAT + TRAILERDaily driverOutboard / rinse22′ × 45′ · 990 sq ft · boat-storage layout

Boat + trailer · Daily driver · Outboard / rinse

Boat + trailer at the front, daily driver in the middle, outboard / rinse at the rear. Lake and coastal homeowners store a wake boat on a tandem trailer, two jet skis, and a tow vehicle inside a 22×45.

💡 Pro tip:Hurricane Cert.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 22×45 Boat and Toy Storage in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer, drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim, mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote, what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
, or,

📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)

WHAT’S INCLUDED

Everything in your Boat and Toy Storage.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
990 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 22×45 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Boat and Toy Storage spec sheet.

Width22′
Length45′ + 6" overhang
Side height9′ standard
Floor space990 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use Boat and Toy Storage.

DAILY USEEveryday boat and toy storage
Everyday boat and toy storage
990 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a boat and toy storage.
STORAGE OVERFLOWboat and toy storage + seasonal storage
boat and toy storage + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add a partition, electrical, or insulation later.

FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

22×45 Boat and Toy Storage, what makes it different.

990sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$304/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 22×45 boat and toy storage is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use, not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install, really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all, fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $304/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 22×45?

990 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial, fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 22′ × 45′ footprint with 990 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $7,920–$11,880 added home value

PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from Boat and Toy Storage shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 22×45 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes, free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What’s the typical lead time for a 22×45 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month’s payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What’s covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud’s 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 22×45 Boat and Toy Storage buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 22×45 Boat and Toy Storage

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review


HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 15,000+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day, usually in under 8 minutes.

Complete your Boat and Toy Storage · Save 10% bundled

These add-ons ship and install with the same crew.

Browse all 28 add-ons →

Bundle & Save

🏗️
Concrete Pad Pour
23×46×4″ slab to engineered spec.
$4,455+ Add
Most Added

🌡
R-19 Insulation Package
Roof & wall batt, vinyl-faced.
$1,795+ Add
💧
Gutter & Downspout Kit
Seamless aluminum, color-matched.
$485+ Add
200-Amp Sub-Panel Pre-Wire
Conduit + sub-panel housing.
$695+ Add
CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose Boat and Toy Storage also viewed:

🏡 22×45

Two-Car Detached Garage

22×45 two-car detached garage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$14,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Two-Car Detached Garage →

🎯 22×45

RV Cover with Workshop Bay

22×45 rv cover with workshop bay configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$14,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize RV Cover with Workshop Bay →

🏡 22×45

Hobby Workshop

22×45 hobby workshop configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$14,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Hobby Workshop →

🌾 22×45

Hay and Equipment Barn

22×45 hay and equipment barn configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,250Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Hay and Equipment Barn →

🏢 22×45

Contractor Shop

22×45 contractor shop configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$16,450Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Contractor Shop →

🏡 22×45

Man Cave or She Shed

22×45 man cave or she shed configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$14,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Man Cave or She Shed →

🌾 22×45

Horse Barn (4-Stall)

22×45 horse barn (4-stall) configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,250Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Horse Barn (4-Stall) →

🏢 22×45

Auto Repair Shop

22×45 auto repair shop configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$16,450Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Auto Repair Shop →

🏢 22×45

Storage Building

22×45 storage building configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$16,450Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Storage Building →

🏛️ 22×45

Community or Church Building

22×45 community or church building configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$16,550Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Community or Church Building →

🏡 22×45

Garage with Loft

22×45 garage with loft configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$14,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Garage with Loft →

FREQUENTLY ASKED

Boat and Toy Storage questions, answered.

How much does a 22×45 boat and toy storage cost?

A 22×45 boat and toy storage from Steel and Stud starts at $14,600 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $304/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 22×45 boat and toy storage price?

Yes, every Steel and Stud boat and toy storage ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 22×45 boat and toy storage?

Almost always for 990+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud boat and toy storage different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates, no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 22×45 boat and toy storage need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don’t already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 22×45 boat and toy storage delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available, call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 22×45 boat and toy storage without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month’s payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $304/month on a 22×45 boat and toy storage.

What warranty comes with the 22×45 boat and toy storage?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 22×45 boat and toy storage in 3D before I order?

Yes, our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Can I insulate the 22×45 boat and toy storage for year-round use?

Yes, Steel and Stud offers R-13 wall + R-19 ceiling insulation packages, and the interior is drywall-ready. Most owners finish a boat and toy storage to a livable retreat in 2–3 weekends. Add a mini-split HVAC at checkout for full four-season comfort.

Ready to build?

Your Boat and Toy Storage quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We’ll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install





$14,600.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from \/mo — No credit check
Barn red prefab metal building with white garage door and fishing boat on gravel drive

22×45 Boat and Toy Storage

990 sq ft for compact garage, RV cover, or carport

22′ x 45′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 22×45 steel building delivers 990 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
Leg height adjustable up to 20'

$14,600.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from /mo — No credit check
White steel structure church with bell tower, rooftop cross, and fresh striped parking lot

22×45 Community or Church Building

990 sq ft for compact garage, RV cover, or carport

22′ x 45′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 22×45 steel building delivers 990 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.

22×45 Community or Church Building | Steel and Stud, From $16,550

12

22×45 Community or Church Building
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$18,850$16,550SAVE $2,300
or $345/mo · $0 down · no credit check

HomeMetal Buildings22×45Community or Church Building

★★★★★4.8(verified buyers)✓ Verified Buyers

22×45 Community or Church Building, engineered to code for assembly use.

Our 22×45 community or church building fits 22-foot widths and 45-foot lengths to give you public-use-rated steel built to local assembly codes. Small congregations and rural community groups use the 22×45 as a.

You’re viewing:Community or Church Building·Size22×45·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$16,550$18,850Save $2,300
or as low as $345/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You’ll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request, no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 22×45
22×40
smaller
$14,950
22×45
this size
$16,550
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7′
8′
9′
10′ +$340
12′ +$640
14′ +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray

🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️

Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪

Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟

Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶

Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🌡️

Insulation Packageyear-round comfort & energy savings
🔩

Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋

Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness

Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method

Electrical Pre-Wireconduit run for licensed electrician
Customizations selected:
Customization subtotal:+$485
  • 990 sq ft enclosed
  • IBC Certified
  • Stamped Drawings
  • HVAC Openings
  • 180 mph wind certified
  • 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-22X45-COMMUNITY-CHURCHBuilt:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
🛡️
A+
BBB Accredited
4.8/5
customer rating
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
15,000+
Buildings
🇺🇸
48
States Served
We’ve provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your chapel layout.

22 feet wide × 45 feet long. Intimate sanctuary, single-aisle layout. Our 22×45 community or church building fits 22-foot widths and 45-foot lengths to give you public-use-rated steel built to local assembly codes.

Altar / pulpitPew areaFOYER22′ × 45′ · 990 sq ft · chapel layout

Altar / pulpit · Pew area · Foyer

Altar / pulpit at the front, pew area in the middle, foyer at the rear. Capacity: seats ~99. Small congregations and rural community groups use the 22×45 as a fellowship hall, classroom annex, or food-pantry warehouse.

💡 Pro tip:Stamped Drawings. Size affords: choir stand, narthex.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 22×45 Community or Church Building in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer, drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim, mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote, what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
, or,

📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)

WHAT’S INCLUDED

Everything in your Community or Church Building.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
990 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 22×45 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Community or Church Building spec sheet.

Width22′
Length45′ + 6" overhang
Side height9′ standard
Floor space990 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use Community or Church Building.

DAILY USEEveryday community or church building
Everyday community or church building
990 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a community or church building.
STORAGE OVERFLOWcommunity or church building + seasonal storage
community or church building + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add a partition, electrical, or insulation later.

FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

22×45 Community or Church Building, what makes it different.

990sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$345/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 22×45 community or church building is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use, not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install, really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all, fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $345/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 22×45?

990 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial, fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 22′ × 45′ footprint with 990 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $7,920–$11,880 added home value

PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from Community or Church Building shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 22×45 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes, free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What’s the typical lead time for a 22×45 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month’s payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What’s covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud’s 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 22×45 Community or Church Building buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 22×45 Community or Church Building

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review


HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 15,000+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day, usually in under 8 minutes.

Complete your Community or Church Building · Save 10% bundled

These add-ons ship and install with the same crew.

Browse all 28 add-ons →

Bundle & Save

🏗️
Concrete Pad Pour
23×46×4″ slab to engineered spec.
$4,455+ Add
Most Added

🌡
R-19 Insulation Package
Roof & wall batt, vinyl-faced.
$1,795+ Add
💧
Gutter & Downspout Kit
Seamless aluminum, color-matched.
$485+ Add
200-Amp Sub-Panel Pre-Wire
Conduit + sub-panel housing.
$695+ Add
CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose Community or Church Building also viewed:

🏡 22×45

Two-Car Detached Garage

22×45 two-car detached garage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$14,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Two-Car Detached Garage →

🎯 22×45

RV Cover with Workshop Bay

22×45 rv cover with workshop bay configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$14,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize RV Cover with Workshop Bay →

🏡 22×45

Hobby Workshop

22×45 hobby workshop configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$14,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Hobby Workshop →

🌾 22×45

Hay and Equipment Barn

22×45 hay and equipment barn configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,250Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Hay and Equipment Barn →

🏢 22×45

Contractor Shop

22×45 contractor shop configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$16,450Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Contractor Shop →

🏡 22×45

Man Cave or She Shed

22×45 man cave or she shed configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$14,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Man Cave or She Shed →

🌾 22×45

Horse Barn (4-Stall)

22×45 horse barn (4-stall) configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,250Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Horse Barn (4-Stall) →

🏢 22×45

Auto Repair Shop

22×45 auto repair shop configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$16,450Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Auto Repair Shop →

🏢 22×45

Storage Building

22×45 storage building configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$16,450Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Storage Building →

🎯 22×45

Boat and Toy Storage

22×45 boat and toy storage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$14,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Boat and Toy Storage →

🏡 22×45

Garage with Loft

22×45 garage with loft configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$14,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Garage with Loft →

FREQUENTLY ASKED

Community or Church Building questions, answered.

How much does a 22×45 community or church building cost?

A 22×45 community or church building from Steel and Stud starts at $16,550 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $345/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 22×45 community or church building price?

Yes, every Steel and Stud community or church building ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 22×45 community or church building?

Almost always for 990+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud community or church building different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates, no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 22×45 community or church building need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don’t already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 22×45 community or church building delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available, call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 22×45 community or church building without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month’s payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $345/month on a 22×45 community or church building.

What warranty comes with the 22×45 community or church building?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 22×45 community or church building in 3D before I order?

Yes, our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Will the 22×45 community or church building pass community-use and assembly inspections?

Yes. Steel and Stud’s engineered drawings include load calculations, accessibility paths, and egress widths required by most jurisdictions for assembly and institutional use. Stamped, sealed PE drawings are included free with every order.

Ready to build?

Your Community or Church Building quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We’ll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install





$16,550.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from \/mo — No credit check
White steel structure church with bell tower, rooftop cross, and fresh striped parking lot

22×45 Community or Church Building

990 sq ft for compact garage, RV cover, or carport

22′ x 45′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 22×45 steel building delivers 990 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
Leg height adjustable up to 20'

$16,550.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from /mo — No credit check
Red metal building kit with black trim, wainscoting, and roll-up door near mountains

22×45 Garage with Loft

990 sq ft for compact garage, RV cover, or carport

22′ x 45′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 22×45 steel building delivers 990 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.

22×45 Garage with Loft | Steel and Stud, From $14,600

12

22×45 Garage with Loft
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$16,650$14,600SAVE $2,050
or $304/mo · $0 down · no credit check

HomeMetal Buildings22×45Garage with Loft

★★★★★4.8(verified buyers)✓ Verified Buyers

22×45 Garage with Loft, built for daily backyard use.

Looking for a 22×45 garage with loft? At 990 sq ft, this footprint suits homeowners adding garage, workshop, or hobby space. Buyers who need extra storage without a bigger footprint order the 22×45 with a 14-ft leg.

You’re viewing:Garage with Loft·Size22×45·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$14,600$16,650Save $2,050
or as low as $304/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You’ll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request, no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 22×45
22×40
smaller
$13,000
22×45
this size
$14,600
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7′
8′
9′
10′ +$340
12′ +$640
14′ +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray

🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️

Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪

Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟

Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶

Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🌡️

Insulation Packageyear-round comfort & energy savings
🔩

Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋

Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness

Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method

Electrical Pre-Wireconduit run for licensed electrician
Customizations selected:
Customization subtotal:+$485
  • 990 sq ft enclosed
  • 14′ Legs
  • Engineered Mezzanine
  • +264 sq ft Loft
  • 180 mph wind certified
  • 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-22X45-GARAGE-LOFTBuilt:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
🛡️
A+
BBB Accredited
4.8/5
customer rating
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
15,000+
Buildings
🇺🇸
48
States Served
We’ve provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your multi-bay garage + shop.

22 feet wide × 45 feet long. Engineered for clear-span over multiple doors. Looking for a 22×45 garage with loft? At 990 sq ft, this footprint suits homeowners adding garage, workshop, or hobby space.

2 vehicle baysWorkshop areaStorage + lift bay22′ × 45′ · 990 sq ft · multi-bay garage + shop

2 vehicle bays · Workshop area · Storage + lift bay

2 vehicle bays at the front, workshop area in the middle, storage + lift bay at the rear. Capacity: 2 vehicles + full hobby shop. Buyers who need extra storage without a bigger footprint order the 22×45 with a 14-ft leg height and an engineered mezzanine over the back 12 feet.

💡 Pro tip:+264 sq ft Loft. Size affords: 2-post lift, separated workshop, office.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 22×45 Garage with Loft in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer, drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim, mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote, what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
, or,

📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)

WHAT’S INCLUDED

Everything in your Garage with Loft.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
990 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 22×45 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Garage with Loft spec sheet.

Width22′
Length45′ + 6" overhang
Side height9′ standard
Floor space990 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use Garage with Loft.

DAILY USEEveryday garage with loft
Everyday garage with loft
990 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a garage with loft.
STORAGE OVERFLOWgarage with loft + seasonal storage
garage with loft + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add a partition, electrical, or insulation later.

FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

22×45 Garage with Loft, what makes it different.

990sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$304/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 22×45 garage with loft is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use, not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install, really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all, fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $304/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 22×45?

990 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial, fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 22′ × 45′ footprint with 990 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $7,920–$11,880 added home value

PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from Garage with Loft shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 22×45 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes, free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What’s the typical lead time for a 22×45 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month’s payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What’s covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud’s 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 22×45 Garage with Loft buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 22×45 Garage with Loft

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review


HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 15,000+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day, usually in under 8 minutes.

Complete your Garage with Loft · Save 10% bundled

These add-ons ship and install with the same crew.

Browse all 28 add-ons →

Bundle & Save

🏗️
Concrete Pad Pour
23×46×4″ slab to engineered spec.
$4,455+ Add
Most Added

🌡
R-19 Insulation Package
Roof & wall batt, vinyl-faced.
$1,795+ Add
💧
Gutter & Downspout Kit
Seamless aluminum, color-matched.
$485+ Add
200-Amp Sub-Panel Pre-Wire
Conduit + sub-panel housing.
$695+ Add
CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose Garage with Loft also viewed:

🏡 22×45

Two-Car Detached Garage

22×45 two-car detached garage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$14,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Two-Car Detached Garage →

🎯 22×45

RV Cover with Workshop Bay

22×45 rv cover with workshop bay configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$14,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize RV Cover with Workshop Bay →

🏡 22×45

Hobby Workshop

22×45 hobby workshop configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$14,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Hobby Workshop →

🌾 22×45

Hay and Equipment Barn

22×45 hay and equipment barn configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,250Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Hay and Equipment Barn →

🏢 22×45

Contractor Shop

22×45 contractor shop configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$16,450Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Contractor Shop →

🏡 22×45

Man Cave or She Shed

22×45 man cave or she shed configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$14,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Man Cave or She Shed →

🌾 22×45

Horse Barn (4-Stall)

22×45 horse barn (4-stall) configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,250Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Horse Barn (4-Stall) →

🏢 22×45

Auto Repair Shop

22×45 auto repair shop configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$16,450Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Auto Repair Shop →

🏢 22×45

Storage Building

22×45 storage building configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$16,450Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Storage Building →

🎯 22×45

Boat and Toy Storage

22×45 boat and toy storage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$14,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Boat and Toy Storage →

🏛️ 22×45

Community or Church Building

22×45 community or church building configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$16,550Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Community or Church Building →

FREQUENTLY ASKED

Garage with Loft questions, answered.

How much does a 22×45 garage with loft cost?

A 22×45 garage with loft from Steel and Stud starts at $14,600 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $304/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 22×45 garage with loft price?

Yes, every Steel and Stud garage with loft ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 22×45 garage with loft?

Almost always for 990+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud garage with loft different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates, no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 22×45 garage with loft need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don’t already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 22×45 garage with loft delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available, call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 22×45 garage with loft without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month’s payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $304/month on a 22×45 garage with loft.

What warranty comes with the 22×45 garage with loft?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 22×45 garage with loft in 3D before I order?

Yes, our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Does a 22×45 garage with loft add resale value to my home?

An enclosed 22×45 garage with loft typically adds $7,920–$11,880 in resale value per regional comp data, and most insurance carriers reduce premiums for indoor vehicle / equipment storage. Steel and Stud’s 20-year rust warranty transfers to the next owner.

Ready to build?

Your Garage with Loft quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We’ll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install





$14,600.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from \/mo — No credit check
Red metal building kit with black trim, wainscoting, and roll-up door near mountains

22×45 Garage with Loft

990 sq ft for compact garage, RV cover, or carport

22′ x 45′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 22×45 steel building delivers 990 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
Leg height adjustable up to 20'

$14,600.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from /mo — No credit check
Red metal workshop with two black bay doors and stone wainscot against mountain hills

22×48 Two-Car Garage Plus Workshop

1,056 sq ft for metal garage, workshop, or horse barn

22′ x 48′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 22×48 steel building delivers 1,056 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.

22×48 Two-Car Garage Plus Workshop | Steel and Stud, From $15,600

12

22×48 Two-Car Garage Plus Workshop
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$17,800$15,600SAVE $2,200
or $325/mo · $0 down · no credit check

HomeMetal Buildings22×48Two-Car Garage Plus Workshop

★★★★★4.8(verified buyers)✓ Verified Buyers

22×48 Two-Car Garage Plus Workshop, built for daily backyard use.

Looking for a 22×48 two-car garage plus workshop? At 1056 sq ft, this footprint suits homeowners adding garage, workshop, or hobby space. Two F-150s park nose-in with a roll-up door per bay, then the rear holds a.

You’re viewing:Two-Car Garage Plus Workshop·Size22×48·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$15,600$17,800Save $2,200
or as low as $325/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You’ll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request, no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 22×48
22×48
this size
$15,600
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7′
8′
9′
10′ +$340
12′ +$640
14′ +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray

🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️

Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪

Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟

Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶

Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🌡️

Insulation Packageyear-round comfort & energy savings
🔩

Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋

Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness

Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method

Electrical Pre-Wireconduit run for licensed electrician
Customizations selected:
Customization subtotal:+$485
  • 1,056 sq ft enclosed
  • 14 GA Frame
  • Vertical Roof
  • Two 9×8 Roll-Ups
  • 180 mph wind certified
  • 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-22X48-TWO-CAR-GARAGE-PBuilt:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
🛡️
A+
BBB Accredited
4.8/5
customer rating
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
15,000+
Buildings
🇺🇸
48
States Served
We’ve provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your multi-bay garage + shop.

22 feet wide × 48 feet long. Engineered for clear-span over multiple doors. Looking for a 22×48 two-car garage plus workshop? At 1056 sq ft, this footprint suits homeowners adding garage, workshop, or hobby space.

2 vehicle baysWorkshop areaStorage + lift bay22′ × 48′ · 1,056 sq ft · multi-bay garage + shop

2 vehicle bays · Workshop area · Storage + lift bay

2 vehicle bays at the front, workshop area in the middle, storage + lift bay at the rear. Capacity: 2 vehicles + full hobby shop. Two F-150s park nose-in with a roll-up door per bay, then the rear holds a tablesaw, drill press, and rolling toolbox.

💡 Pro tip:Free Install Included. Size affords: 2-post lift, separated workshop, office.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 22×48 Two-Car Garage Plus Workshop in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer, drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim, mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote, what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
, or,

📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)

WHAT’S INCLUDED

Everything in your Two-Car Garage Plus Workshop.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
1,056 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 22×48 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Two-Car Garage Plus Workshop spec sheet.

Width22′
Length48′ + 6" overhang
Side height9′ standard
Floor space1,056 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use Two-Car Garage Plus Workshop.

DAILY USEEveryday two-car garage plus workshop
Everyday two-car garage plus workshop
1,056 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a two-car garage plus workshop.
STORAGE OVERFLOWtwo-car garage plus workshop + seasonal storage
two-car garage plus workshop + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add a partition, electrical, or insulation later.

FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

22×48 Two-Car Garage Plus Workshop, what makes it different.

1,056sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$325/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 22×48 two-car garage plus workshop is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use, not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install, really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all, fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $325/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 22×48?

1,056 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial, fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 22′ × 48′ footprint with 1,056 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $8,448–$12,672 added home value

PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from Two-Car Garage Plus Workshop shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 22×48 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes, free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What’s the typical lead time for a 22×48 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month’s payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What’s covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud’s 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 22×48 Two-Car Garage Plus Workshop buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 22×48 Two-Car Garage Plus Workshop

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review


HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 15,000+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day, usually in under 8 minutes.

Complete your Two-Car Garage Plus Workshop · Save 10% bundled

These add-ons ship and install with the same crew.

Browse all 28 add-ons →

Bundle & Save

🏗️
Concrete Pad Pour
23×49×4″ slab to engineered spec.
$4,752+ Add
Most Added

🌡
R-19 Insulation Package
Roof & wall batt, vinyl-faced.
$1,795+ Add
💧
Gutter & Downspout Kit
Seamless aluminum, color-matched.
$485+ Add
200-Amp Sub-Panel Pre-Wire
Conduit + sub-panel housing.
$695+ Add
CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose Two-Car Garage Plus Workshop also viewed:

🎯 22×48

Enclosed RV Garage Kit

22×48 enclosed rv garage kit configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Enclosed RV Garage Kit →

🏢 22×48

Contractor Shop and Office

22×48 contractor shop and office configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,450Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Contractor Shop and Office →

🌾 22×48

Hobby Farm Equipment Barn

22×48 hobby farm equipment barn configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$16,250Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Hobby Farm Equipment Barn →

🎯 22×48

Boat and Toy Storage

22×48 boat and toy storage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Boat and Toy Storage →

🏡 22×48

Detached Garage With Loft

22×48 detached garage with loft configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Detached Garage With Loft →

🏢 22×48

Auto Repair Shop

22×48 auto repair shop configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,450Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Auto Repair Shop →

🌾 22×48

Horse Run-In and Tack Room

22×48 horse run-in and tack room configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$16,250Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Horse Run-In and Tack Room →

🏡 22×48

Backyard Workshop and Man Cave

22×48 backyard workshop and man cave configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Backyard Workshop and Man Cave →

🏭 22×48

Welding & Fabrication Shop

22×48 welding & fabrication shop configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,850Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Welding & Fabrication Shop →

🎯 22×48

She Shed and Hobby Studio

22×48 she shed and hobby studio configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize She Shed and Hobby Studio →

🏛️ 22×48

Volunteer Fire or Community Equipment Bay

22×48 volunteer fire or community equipment bay configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,550Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Volunteer Fire or Community Equipment Bay →

FREQUENTLY ASKED

Two-Car Garage Plus Workshop questions, answered.

How much does a 22×48 two-car garage plus workshop cost?

A 22×48 two-car garage plus workshop from Steel and Stud starts at $15,600 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $325/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 22×48 two-car garage plus workshop price?

Yes, every Steel and Stud two-car garage plus workshop ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 22×48 two-car garage plus workshop?

Almost always for 1,056+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud two-car garage plus workshop different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates, no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 22×48 two-car garage plus workshop need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don’t already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 22×48 two-car garage plus workshop delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available, call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 22×48 two-car garage plus workshop without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month’s payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $325/month on a 22×48 two-car garage plus workshop.

What warranty comes with the 22×48 two-car garage plus workshop?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 22×48 two-car garage plus workshop in 3D before I order?

Yes, our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Does a 22×48 two-car garage plus workshop add resale value to my home?

An enclosed 22×48 two-car garage plus workshop typically adds $8,448–$12,672 in resale value per regional comp data, and most insurance carriers reduce premiums for indoor vehicle / equipment storage. Steel and Stud’s 20-year rust warranty transfers to the next owner.

Ready to build?

Your Two-Car Garage Plus Workshop quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We’ll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install





$15,600.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from \/mo — No credit check
Red metal workshop with two black bay doors and stone wainscot against mountain hills

22×48 Two-Car Garage Plus Workshop

1,056 sq ft for metal garage, workshop, or horse barn

22′ x 48′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 22×48 steel building delivers 1,056 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
Leg height adjustable up to 20'

$15,600.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from /mo — No credit check
Open gable metal carport in bronze sheltering Class A motorhome beside rail fence

22×48 Enclosed RV Garage Kit

1,056 sq ft for metal garage, workshop, or horse barn

22′ x 48′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 22×48 steel building delivers 1,056 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.

22×48 Enclosed RV Garage Kit | Steel and Stud, From $15,600

12

22×48 Enclosed RV Garage Kit
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$17,800$15,600SAVE $2,200
or $325/mo · $0 down · no credit check

HomeMetal Buildings22×48Enclosed RV Garage Kit

★★★★★4.8(verified buyers)✓ Verified Buyers

22×48 Enclosed RV Garage Kit, built for hobby and recreational use.

22×48 delivers 1056 sq ft of hobby-ready enclosed rv garage kit space. RV owners pick the 22×48 because a 40-foot Class A fits with 8 feet of bonus storage behind it. A 22×48 roll-up clears most fifth-wheels and toy.

You’re viewing:Enclosed RV Garage Kit·Size22×48·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$15,600$17,800Save $2,200
or as low as $325/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You’ll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request, no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 22×48
22×48
this size
$15,600
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7′
8′
9′
10′ +$340
12′ +$640
14′ +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray

🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️

Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪

Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟

Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶

Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🌡️

Insulation Packageyear-round comfort & energy savings
🔩

Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋

Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness

Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method

Electrical Pre-Wireconduit run for licensed electrician
Customizations selected:
Customization subtotal:+$485
  • 1,056 sq ft enclosed
  • 12 GA Frame Upgrade
  • 14×14 Roll-Up
  • Vertical Roof
  • 180 mph wind certified
  • 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-22X48-ENCLOSED-RV-GARABuilt:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
🛡️
A+
BBB Accredited
4.8/5
customer rating
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
15,000+
Buildings
🇺🇸
48
States Served
We’ve provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your RV-cover layout.

22 feet wide × 48 feet long. 14-ft sidewalls fit slide-outs deployed. 22×48 delivers 1056 sq ft of hobby-ready enclosed rv garage kit space.

RV bayDaily driverHookup / pre-wire22′ × 48′ · 1,056 sq ft · RV-cover layout

RV bay · Daily driver · Hookup / pre-wire

RV bay at the front, daily driver in the middle, hookup / pre-wire at the rear. Capacity: 1 Class A up to 44ft + 1 daily driver. RV owners pick the 22×48 because a 40-foot Class A fits with 8 feet of bonus storage behind it.

💡 Pro tip:Hurricane-Rated Available. Size affords: 50A hookup, sewer dump, overhead lighting.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 22×48 Enclosed RV Garage Kit in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer, drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim, mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote, what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
, or,

📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)

WHAT’S INCLUDED

Everything in your Enclosed RV Garage Kit.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
1,056 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 22×48 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Enclosed RV Garage Kit spec sheet.

Width22′
Length48′ + 6" overhang
Side height9′ standard
Floor space1,056 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use Enclosed RV Garage Kit.

DAILY USEEveryday enclosed rv garage kit
Everyday enclosed rv garage kit
1,056 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a enclosed rv garage kit.
STORAGE OVERFLOWenclosed rv garage kit + seasonal storage
enclosed rv garage kit + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add a partition, electrical, or insulation later.

FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

22×48 Enclosed RV Garage Kit, what makes it different.

1,056sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$325/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 22×48 enclosed rv garage kit is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use, not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install, really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all, fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $325/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 22×48?

1,056 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial, fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 22′ × 48′ footprint with 1,056 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $8,448–$12,672 added home value

PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from Enclosed RV Garage Kit shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 22×48 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes, free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What’s the typical lead time for a 22×48 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month’s payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What’s covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud’s 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 22×48 Enclosed RV Garage Kit buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 22×48 Enclosed RV Garage Kit

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review


HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 15,000+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day, usually in under 8 minutes.

Complete your Enclosed RV Garage Kit · Save 10% bundled

These add-ons ship and install with the same crew.

Browse all 28 add-ons →

Bundle & Save

🏗️
Concrete Pad Pour
23×49×4″ slab to engineered spec.
$4,752+ Add
Most Added

🌡
R-19 Insulation Package
Roof & wall batt, vinyl-faced.
$1,795+ Add
💧
Gutter & Downspout Kit
Seamless aluminum, color-matched.
$485+ Add
200-Amp Sub-Panel Pre-Wire
Conduit + sub-panel housing.
$695+ Add
CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose Enclosed RV Garage Kit also viewed:

🏡 22×48

Two-Car Garage Plus Workshop

22×48 two-car garage plus workshop configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Two-Car Garage Plus Workshop →

🏢 22×48

Contractor Shop and Office

22×48 contractor shop and office configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,450Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Contractor Shop and Office →

🌾 22×48

Hobby Farm Equipment Barn

22×48 hobby farm equipment barn configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$16,250Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Hobby Farm Equipment Barn →

🎯 22×48

Boat and Toy Storage

22×48 boat and toy storage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Boat and Toy Storage →

🏡 22×48

Detached Garage With Loft

22×48 detached garage with loft configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Detached Garage With Loft →

🏢 22×48

Auto Repair Shop

22×48 auto repair shop configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,450Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Auto Repair Shop →

🌾 22×48

Horse Run-In and Tack Room

22×48 horse run-in and tack room configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$16,250Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Horse Run-In and Tack Room →

🏡 22×48

Backyard Workshop and Man Cave

22×48 backyard workshop and man cave configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Backyard Workshop and Man Cave →

🏭 22×48

Welding & Fabrication Shop

22×48 welding & fabrication shop configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,850Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Welding & Fabrication Shop →

🎯 22×48

She Shed and Hobby Studio

22×48 she shed and hobby studio configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize She Shed and Hobby Studio →

🏛️ 22×48

Volunteer Fire or Community Equipment Bay

22×48 volunteer fire or community equipment bay configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,550Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Volunteer Fire or Community Equipment Bay →

FREQUENTLY ASKED

Enclosed RV Garage Kit questions, answered.

How much does a 22×48 enclosed rv garage kit cost?

A 22×48 enclosed rv garage kit from Steel and Stud starts at $15,600 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $325/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 22×48 enclosed rv garage kit price?

Yes, every Steel and Stud enclosed rv garage kit ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 22×48 enclosed rv garage kit?

Almost always for 1,056+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud enclosed rv garage kit different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates, no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 22×48 enclosed rv garage kit need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don’t already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 22×48 enclosed rv garage kit delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available, call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 22×48 enclosed rv garage kit without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month’s payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $325/month on a 22×48 enclosed rv garage kit.

What warranty comes with the 22×48 enclosed rv garage kit?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 22×48 enclosed rv garage kit in 3D before I order?

Yes, our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Can I insulate the 22×48 enclosed rv garage kit for year-round use?

Yes, Steel and Stud offers R-13 wall + R-19 ceiling insulation packages, and the interior is drywall-ready. Most owners finish a enclosed rv garage kit to a livable retreat in 2–3 weekends. Add a mini-split HVAC at checkout for full four-season comfort.

Ready to build?

Your Enclosed RV Garage Kit quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We’ll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install





$15,600.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from \/mo — No credit check
Open gable metal carport in bronze sheltering Class A motorhome beside rail fence

22×48 Enclosed RV Garage Kit

1,056 sq ft for metal garage, workshop, or horse barn

22′ x 48′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 22×48 steel building delivers 1,056 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
Leg height adjustable up to 20'

$15,600.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from /mo — No credit check
White prefab metal building studio with black double doors and ornamental grass landscaping

22×48 Contractor Shop and Office

1,056 sq ft for metal garage, workshop, or horse barn

22′ x 48′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 22×48 steel building delivers 1,056 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.

22×48 Contractor Shop and Office | Steel and Stud, From $17,450

12

22×48 Contractor Shop and Office
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$19,900$17,450SAVE $2,450
or $364/mo · $0 down · no credit check

HomeMetal Buildings22×48Contractor Shop and Office

★★★★★4.8(verified buyers)✓ Verified Buyers

22×48 Contractor Shop and Office, engineered for code-compliant business use.

22×48 delivers 1056 sq ft of code-compliant contractor shop and office space. Tradespeople, electricians, plumbers, HVAC techs, split the 48-foot length into a 32-foot truck bay and a 16-foot office with restroom. Two.

You’re viewing:Contractor Shop and Office·Size22×48·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$17,450$19,900Save $2,450
or as low as $364/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You’ll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request, no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 22×48
22×48
this size
$17,450
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7′
8′
9′
10′ +$340
12′ +$640
14′ +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray

🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️

Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪

Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟

Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶

Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🌡️

Insulation Packageyear-round comfort & energy savings
🔩

Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋

Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness

Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method

Electrical Pre-Wireconduit run for licensed electrician
Customizations selected:
Customization subtotal:+$485
  • 1,056 sq ft enclosed
  • 12 GA Frame
  • R-19 Insulation
  • Walk-In Door
  • 180 mph wind certified
  • 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-22X48-CONTRACTOR-SHOP-Built:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
🛡️
A+
BBB Accredited
4.8/5
customer rating
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
15,000+
Buildings
🇺🇸
48
States Served
We’ve provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your contractor-storage layout.

22 feet wide × 48 feet long. 22×48 delivers 1056 sq ft of code-compliant contractor shop and office space.

Inventory racksLOADING BAYOffice / Desk22′ × 48′ · 1,056 sq ft · contractor-storage layout

Inventory racks · Loading bay · Office / Desk

Inventory racks at the front, loading bay in the middle, office / desk at the rear. Tradespeople, electricians, plumbers, HVAC techs, split the 48-foot length into a 32-foot truck bay and a 16-foot office with restroom.

💡 Pro tip:Stamped Drawings.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 22×48 Contractor Shop and Office in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer, drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim, mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote, what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
, or,

📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)

WHAT’S INCLUDED

Everything in your Contractor Shop and Office.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
1,056 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 22×48 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Contractor Shop and Office spec sheet.

Width22′
Length48′ + 6" overhang
Side height9′ standard
Floor space1,056 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use Contractor Shop and Office.

DAILY USEEveryday contractor shop and office
Everyday contractor shop and office
1,056 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a contractor shop and office.
STORAGE OVERFLOWcontractor shop and office + seasonal storage
contractor shop and office + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add a partition, electrical, or insulation later.

FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

22×48 Contractor Shop and Office, what makes it different.

1,056sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$364/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 22×48 contractor shop and office is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use, not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install, really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all, fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $364/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 22×48?

1,056 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial, fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 22′ × 48′ footprint with 1,056 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $8,448–$12,672 added home value

PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from Contractor Shop and Office shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 22×48 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes, free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What’s the typical lead time for a 22×48 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month’s payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What’s covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud’s 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 22×48 Contractor Shop and Office buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 22×48 Contractor Shop and Office

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review


HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 15,000+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day, usually in under 8 minutes.

Complete your Contractor Shop and Office · Save 10% bundled

These add-ons ship and install with the same crew.

Browse all 28 add-ons →

Bundle & Save

🏗️
Concrete Pad Pour
23×49×4″ slab to engineered spec.
$4,752+ Add
Most Added

🌡
R-19 Insulation Package
Roof & wall batt, vinyl-faced.
$1,795+ Add
💧
Gutter & Downspout Kit
Seamless aluminum, color-matched.
$485+ Add
200-Amp Sub-Panel Pre-Wire
Conduit + sub-panel housing.
$695+ Add
CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose Contractor Shop and Office also viewed:

🏡 22×48

Two-Car Garage Plus Workshop

22×48 two-car garage plus workshop configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Two-Car Garage Plus Workshop →

🎯 22×48

Enclosed RV Garage Kit

22×48 enclosed rv garage kit configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Enclosed RV Garage Kit →

🌾 22×48

Hobby Farm Equipment Barn

22×48 hobby farm equipment barn configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$16,250Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Hobby Farm Equipment Barn →

🎯 22×48

Boat and Toy Storage

22×48 boat and toy storage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Boat and Toy Storage →

🏡 22×48

Detached Garage With Loft

22×48 detached garage with loft configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Detached Garage With Loft →

🏢 22×48

Auto Repair Shop

22×48 auto repair shop configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,450Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Auto Repair Shop →

🌾 22×48

Horse Run-In and Tack Room

22×48 horse run-in and tack room configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$16,250Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Horse Run-In and Tack Room →

🏡 22×48

Backyard Workshop and Man Cave

22×48 backyard workshop and man cave configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Backyard Workshop and Man Cave →

🏭 22×48

Welding & Fabrication Shop

22×48 welding & fabrication shop configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,850Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Welding & Fabrication Shop →

🎯 22×48

She Shed and Hobby Studio

22×48 she shed and hobby studio configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize She Shed and Hobby Studio →

🏛️ 22×48

Volunteer Fire or Community Equipment Bay

22×48 volunteer fire or community equipment bay configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,550Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Volunteer Fire or Community Equipment Bay →

FREQUENTLY ASKED

Contractor Shop and Office questions, answered.

How much does a 22×48 contractor shop and office cost?

A 22×48 contractor shop and office from Steel and Stud starts at $17,450 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $364/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 22×48 contractor shop and office price?

Yes, every Steel and Stud contractor shop and office ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 22×48 contractor shop and office?

Almost always for 1,056+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud contractor shop and office different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates, no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 22×48 contractor shop and office need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don’t already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 22×48 contractor shop and office delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available, call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 22×48 contractor shop and office without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month’s payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $364/month on a 22×48 contractor shop and office.

What warranty comes with the 22×48 contractor shop and office?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 22×48 contractor shop and office in 3D before I order?

Yes, our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Does the 22×48 contractor shop and office meet IBC commercial code?

Yes. Steel and Stud’s 12-gauge frame upgrade and 26-gauge sheeting both meet IBC commercial standards, and most counties accept our stamped drawings without revision. Engineered loads ship with the order, typical certified specs are 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow.

Ready to build?

Your Contractor Shop and Office quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We’ll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install





$17,450.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from \/mo — No credit check
White prefab metal building studio with black double doors and ornamental grass landscaping

22×48 Contractor Shop and Office

1,056 sq ft for metal garage, workshop, or horse barn

22′ x 48′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 22×48 steel building delivers 1,056 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
Leg height adjustable up to 20'

$17,450.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from /mo — No credit check
Red steel building farm shop with white roll up door, work van, and grain silo behind

22×48 Hobby Farm Equipment Barn

1,056 sq ft for metal garage, workshop, or horse barn

22′ x 48′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 22×48 steel building delivers 1,056 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.

22×48 Hobby Farm Equipment Barn | Steel and Stud, From $16,250

12

22×48 Hobby Farm Equipment Barn
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$18,550$16,250SAVE $2,300
or $339/mo · $0 down · no credit check

HomeMetal Buildings22×48Hobby Farm Equipment Barn

★★★★★4.8(verified buyers)✓ Verified Buyers

22×48 Hobby Farm Equipment Barn, built for farm and ranch demands.

Hobby farmers store a compact tractor, brush hog, UTV, and round-bale hay in a single 22×48 with one long-side open or roll-up doored. The 48-ft length parks equipment in line; 14-ft legs clear cab tractors with ROPS. A.

You’re viewing:Hobby Farm Equipment Barn·Size22×48·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$16,250$18,550Save $2,300
or as low as $339/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You’ll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request, no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 22×48
22×48
this size
$16,250
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7′
8′
9′
10′ +$340
12′ +$640
14′ +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray

🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️

Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪

Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟

Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶

Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🌡️

Insulation Packageyear-round comfort & energy savings
🔩

Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋

Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness

Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method

Electrical Pre-Wireconduit run for licensed electrician
Customizations selected:
Customization subtotal:+$485
  • 1,056 sq ft enclosed
  • 14′ Legs
  • Lean-To Ready
  • Open Long-Side
  • 180 mph wind certified
  • 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-22X48-HOBBY-FARM-EQUIPBuilt:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
🛡️
A+
BBB Accredited
4.8/5
customer rating
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
15,000+
Buildings
🇺🇸
48
States Served
We’ve provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your livestock-barn layout.

22 feet wide × 48 feet long. Hobby farmers store a compact tractor, brush hog, UTV, and round-bale hay in a single 22×48 with one long-side open or roll-up doored.

Livestock areaCENTER ALLEYFeed / Storage22′ × 48′ · 1,056 sq ft · livestock-barn layout

Livestock area · Center alley · Feed / Storage

Livestock area at the front, center alley in the middle, feed / storage at the rear. The 48-ft length parks equipment in line; 14-ft legs clear cab tractors with ROPS.

💡 Pro tip:Lean-To Ready.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 22×48 Hobby Farm Equipment Barn in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer, drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim, mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote, what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
, or,

📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)

WHAT’S INCLUDED

Everything in your Hobby Farm Equipment Barn.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
1,056 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 22×48 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Hobby Farm Equipment Barn spec sheet.

Width22′
Length48′ + 6" overhang
Side height9′ standard
Floor space1,056 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use Hobby Farm Equipment Barn.

DAILY USEEveryday hobby farm equipment barn
Everyday hobby farm equipment barn
1,056 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a hobby farm equipment barn.
STORAGE OVERFLOWhobby farm equipment barn + seasonal storage
hobby farm equipment barn + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add a partition, electrical, or insulation later.

FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

22×48 Hobby Farm Equipment Barn, what makes it different.

1,056sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$339/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 22×48 hobby farm equipment barn is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use, not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install, really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all, fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $339/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 22×48?

1,056 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial, fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 22′ × 48′ footprint with 1,056 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $8,448–$12,672 added home value

PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from Hobby Farm Equipment Barn shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 22×48 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes, free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What’s the typical lead time for a 22×48 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month’s payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What’s covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud’s 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 22×48 Hobby Farm Equipment Barn buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 22×48 Hobby Farm Equipment Barn

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review


HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 15,000+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day, usually in under 8 minutes.

Complete your Hobby Farm Equipment Barn · Save 10% bundled

These add-ons ship and install with the same crew.

Browse all 28 add-ons →

Bundle & Save

🏗️
Concrete Pad Pour
23×49×4″ slab to engineered spec.
$4,752+ Add
Most Added

🌡
R-19 Insulation Package
Roof & wall batt, vinyl-faced.
$1,795+ Add
💧
Gutter & Downspout Kit
Seamless aluminum, color-matched.
$485+ Add
200-Amp Sub-Panel Pre-Wire
Conduit + sub-panel housing.
$695+ Add
CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose Hobby Farm Equipment Barn also viewed:

🏡 22×48

Two-Car Garage Plus Workshop

22×48 two-car garage plus workshop configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Two-Car Garage Plus Workshop →

🎯 22×48

Enclosed RV Garage Kit

22×48 enclosed rv garage kit configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Enclosed RV Garage Kit →

🏢 22×48

Contractor Shop and Office

22×48 contractor shop and office configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,450Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Contractor Shop and Office →

🎯 22×48

Boat and Toy Storage

22×48 boat and toy storage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Boat and Toy Storage →

🏡 22×48

Detached Garage With Loft

22×48 detached garage with loft configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Detached Garage With Loft →

🏢 22×48

Auto Repair Shop

22×48 auto repair shop configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,450Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Auto Repair Shop →

🌾 22×48

Horse Run-In and Tack Room

22×48 horse run-in and tack room configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$16,250Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Horse Run-In and Tack Room →

🏡 22×48

Backyard Workshop and Man Cave

22×48 backyard workshop and man cave configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Backyard Workshop and Man Cave →

🏭 22×48

Welding & Fabrication Shop

22×48 welding & fabrication shop configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,850Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Welding & Fabrication Shop →

🎯 22×48

She Shed and Hobby Studio

22×48 she shed and hobby studio configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize She Shed and Hobby Studio →

🏛️ 22×48

Volunteer Fire or Community Equipment Bay

22×48 volunteer fire or community equipment bay configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,550Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Volunteer Fire or Community Equipment Bay →

FREQUENTLY ASKED

Hobby Farm Equipment Barn questions, answered.

How much does a 22×48 hobby farm equipment barn cost?

A 22×48 hobby farm equipment barn from Steel and Stud starts at $16,250 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $339/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 22×48 hobby farm equipment barn price?

Yes, every Steel and Stud hobby farm equipment barn ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 22×48 hobby farm equipment barn?

Almost always for 1,056+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud hobby farm equipment barn different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates, no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 22×48 hobby farm equipment barn need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don’t already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 22×48 hobby farm equipment barn delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available, call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 22×48 hobby farm equipment barn without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month’s payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $339/month on a 22×48 hobby farm equipment barn.

What warranty comes with the 22×48 hobby farm equipment barn?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 22×48 hobby farm equipment barn in 3D before I order?

Yes, our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Will the 22×48 hobby farm equipment barn stand up to livestock and Midwest weather?

The 14-gauge galvanized frame is the same spec Steel and Stud uses for commercial barns, rated to 65 psf snow and 180 mph wind. Ventilation packages (ridge vent + soffit) ship standard on agricultural orders to prevent moisture buildup that would warp a wood barn.

Ready to build?

Your Hobby Farm Equipment Barn quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We’ll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install





$16,250.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from \/mo — No credit check
Red steel building farm shop with white roll up door, work van, and grain silo behind

22×48 Hobby Farm Equipment Barn

1,056 sq ft for metal garage, workshop, or horse barn

22′ x 48′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 22×48 steel building delivers 1,056 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
Leg height adjustable up to 20'

$16,250.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from /mo — No credit check
Hip roof metal garage in gray with boat on trailer inside and lakeside grass yard

22×48 Boat and Toy Storage

1,056 sq ft for metal garage, workshop, or horse barn

22′ x 48′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 22×48 steel building delivers 1,056 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.

22×48 Boat and Toy Storage | Steel and Stud, From $15,600

12

22×48 Boat and Toy Storage
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$17,800$15,600SAVE $2,200
or $325/mo · $0 down · no credit check

HomeMetal Buildings22×48Boat and Toy Storage

★★★★★4.8(verified buyers)✓ Verified Buyers

22×48 Boat and Toy Storage, built for hobby and recreational use.

Our 22×48 boat and toy storage fits 22-foot widths and 48-foot lengths to give you a comfortable hobby retreat with sidewall room to spare. A 24-foot bass boat on a trailer takes 30 feet bumper-to-bumper, leaving 18.

You’re viewing:Boat and Toy Storage·Size22×48·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$15,600$17,800Save $2,200
or as low as $325/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You’ll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request, no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 22×48
22×48
this size
$15,600
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7′
8′
9′
10′ +$340
12′ +$640
14′ +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray

🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️

Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪

Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟

Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶

Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🌡️

Insulation Packageyear-round comfort & energy savings
🔩

Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋

Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness

Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method

Electrical Pre-Wireconduit run for licensed electrician
Customizations selected:
Customization subtotal:+$485
  • 1,056 sq ft enclosed
  • Galvalume Roof
  • 10×10 Roll-Up
  • 29 GA Panels
  • 180 mph wind certified
  • 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-22X48-BOAT-TOY-STORAGEBuilt:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
🛡️
A+
BBB Accredited
4.8/5
customer rating
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
15,000+
Buildings
🇺🇸
48
States Served
We’ve provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your boat-storage layout.

22 feet wide × 48 feet long. Our 22×48 boat and toy storage fits 22-foot widths and 48-foot lengths to give you a comfortable hobby retreat with sidewall room to spare.

BOAT + TRAILERDaily driverOutboard / rinse22′ × 48′ · 1,056 sq ft · boat-storage layout

Boat + trailer · Daily driver · Outboard / rinse

Boat + trailer at the front, daily driver in the middle, outboard / rinse at the rear. A 24-foot bass boat on a trailer takes 30 feet bumper-to-bumper, leaving 18 feet for jet skis, kayaks, and a workbench.

💡 Pro tip:Coastal-Rated.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 22×48 Boat and Toy Storage in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer, drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim, mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote, what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
, or,

📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)

WHAT’S INCLUDED

Everything in your Boat and Toy Storage.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
1,056 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 22×48 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Boat and Toy Storage spec sheet.

Width22′
Length48′ + 6" overhang
Side height9′ standard
Floor space1,056 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use Boat and Toy Storage.

DAILY USEEveryday boat and toy storage
Everyday boat and toy storage
1,056 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a boat and toy storage.
STORAGE OVERFLOWboat and toy storage + seasonal storage
boat and toy storage + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add a partition, electrical, or insulation later.

FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

22×48 Boat and Toy Storage, what makes it different.

1,056sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$325/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 22×48 boat and toy storage is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use, not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install, really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all, fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $325/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 22×48?

1,056 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial, fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 22′ × 48′ footprint with 1,056 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $8,448–$12,672 added home value

PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from Boat and Toy Storage shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 22×48 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes, free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What’s the typical lead time for a 22×48 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month’s payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What’s covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud’s 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 22×48 Boat and Toy Storage buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 22×48 Boat and Toy Storage

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review


HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 15,000+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day, usually in under 8 minutes.

Complete your Boat and Toy Storage · Save 10% bundled

These add-ons ship and install with the same crew.

Browse all 28 add-ons →

Bundle & Save

🏗️
Concrete Pad Pour
23×49×4″ slab to engineered spec.
$4,752+ Add
Most Added

🌡
R-19 Insulation Package
Roof & wall batt, vinyl-faced.
$1,795+ Add
💧
Gutter & Downspout Kit
Seamless aluminum, color-matched.
$485+ Add
200-Amp Sub-Panel Pre-Wire
Conduit + sub-panel housing.
$695+ Add
CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose Boat and Toy Storage also viewed:

🏡 22×48

Two-Car Garage Plus Workshop

22×48 two-car garage plus workshop configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Two-Car Garage Plus Workshop →

🎯 22×48

Enclosed RV Garage Kit

22×48 enclosed rv garage kit configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Enclosed RV Garage Kit →

🏢 22×48

Contractor Shop and Office

22×48 contractor shop and office configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,450Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Contractor Shop and Office →

🌾 22×48

Hobby Farm Equipment Barn

22×48 hobby farm equipment barn configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$16,250Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Hobby Farm Equipment Barn →

🏡 22×48

Detached Garage With Loft

22×48 detached garage with loft configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Detached Garage With Loft →

🏢 22×48

Auto Repair Shop

22×48 auto repair shop configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,450Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Auto Repair Shop →

🌾 22×48

Horse Run-In and Tack Room

22×48 horse run-in and tack room configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$16,250Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Horse Run-In and Tack Room →

🏡 22×48

Backyard Workshop and Man Cave

22×48 backyard workshop and man cave configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Backyard Workshop and Man Cave →

🏭 22×48

Welding & Fabrication Shop

22×48 welding & fabrication shop configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,850Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Welding & Fabrication Shop →

🎯 22×48

She Shed and Hobby Studio

22×48 she shed and hobby studio configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize She Shed and Hobby Studio →

🏛️ 22×48

Volunteer Fire or Community Equipment Bay

22×48 volunteer fire or community equipment bay configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,550Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Volunteer Fire or Community Equipment Bay →

FREQUENTLY ASKED

Boat and Toy Storage questions, answered.

How much does a 22×48 boat and toy storage cost?

A 22×48 boat and toy storage from Steel and Stud starts at $15,600 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $325/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 22×48 boat and toy storage price?

Yes, every Steel and Stud boat and toy storage ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 22×48 boat and toy storage?

Almost always for 1,056+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud boat and toy storage different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates, no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 22×48 boat and toy storage need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don’t already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 22×48 boat and toy storage delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available, call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 22×48 boat and toy storage without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month’s payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $325/month on a 22×48 boat and toy storage.

What warranty comes with the 22×48 boat and toy storage?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 22×48 boat and toy storage in 3D before I order?

Yes, our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Can I insulate the 22×48 boat and toy storage for year-round use?

Yes, Steel and Stud offers R-13 wall + R-19 ceiling insulation packages, and the interior is drywall-ready. Most owners finish a boat and toy storage to a livable retreat in 2–3 weekends. Add a mini-split HVAC at checkout for full four-season comfort.

Ready to build?

Your Boat and Toy Storage quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We’ll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install





$15,600.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from \/mo — No credit check
Hip roof metal garage in gray with boat on trailer inside and lakeside grass yard

22×48 Boat and Toy Storage

1,056 sq ft for metal garage, workshop, or horse barn

22′ x 48′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 22×48 steel building delivers 1,056 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
Leg height adjustable up to 20'

$15,600.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from /mo — No credit check
Navy prefab metal building with white trim, roll-up door, and three side windows

22×48 Detached Garage With Loft

1,056 sq ft for metal garage, workshop, or horse barn

22′ x 48′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 22×48 steel building delivers 1,056 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.

22×48 Detached Garage With Loft | Steel and Stud, From $15,600

12

22×48 Detached Garage With Loft
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$17,800$15,600SAVE $2,200
or $325/mo · $0 down · no credit check

HomeMetal Buildings22×48Detached Garage With Loft

★★★★★4.8(verified buyers)✓ Verified Buyers

22×48 Detached Garage With Loft, built for daily backyard use.

Our 22×48 detached garage with loft fits 22-foot widths and 48-foot lengths to give you a finished daily-use building without contractor pricing. Add a 22×48 mezzanine over the back third for a 1056 sq ft loft, guest.

You’re viewing:Detached Garage With Loft·Size22×48·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$15,600$17,800Save $2,200
or as low as $325/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You’ll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request, no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 22×48
22×48
this size
$15,600
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7′
8′
9′
10′ +$340
12′ +$640
14′ +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray

🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️

Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪

Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟

Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶

Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🌡️

Insulation Packageyear-round comfort & energy savings
🔩

Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋

Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness

Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method

Electrical Pre-Wireconduit run for licensed electrician
Customizations selected:
Customization subtotal:+$485
  • 1,056 sq ft enclosed
  • 12 GA Frame
  • Mezzanine Loft
  • R-19 Insulation
  • 180 mph wind certified
  • 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-22X48-DETACHED-GARAGE-Built:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
🛡️
A+
BBB Accredited
4.8/5
customer rating
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
15,000+
Buildings
🇺🇸
48
States Served
We’ve provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your multi-bay garage + shop.

22 feet wide × 48 feet long. Engineered for clear-span over multiple doors. Our 22×48 detached garage with loft fits 22-foot widths and 48-foot lengths to give you a finished daily-use building without contractor pricing.

2 vehicle baysWorkshop areaStorage + lift bay22′ × 48′ · 1,056 sq ft · multi-bay garage + shop

2 vehicle bays · Workshop area · Storage + lift bay

2 vehicle bays at the front, workshop area in the middle, storage + lift bay at the rear. Capacity: 2 vehicles + full hobby shop. Add a 22×48 mezzanine over the back third for a 1056 sq ft loft, guest space, home office, or seasonal storage.

💡 Pro tip:Engineered for Loads. Size affords: 2-post lift, separated workshop, office.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 22×48 Detached Garage With Loft in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer, drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim, mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote, what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
, or,

📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)

WHAT’S INCLUDED

Everything in your Detached Garage With Loft.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
1,056 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 22×48 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Detached Garage With Loft spec sheet.

Width22′
Length48′ + 6" overhang
Side height9′ standard
Floor space1,056 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use Detached Garage With Loft.

DAILY USEEveryday detached garage with loft
Everyday detached garage with loft
1,056 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a detached garage with loft.
STORAGE OVERFLOWdetached garage with loft + seasonal storage
detached garage with loft + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add a partition, electrical, or insulation later.

FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

22×48 Detached Garage With Loft, what makes it different.

1,056sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$325/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 22×48 detached garage with loft is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use, not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install, really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all, fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $325/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 22×48?

1,056 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial, fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 22′ × 48′ footprint with 1,056 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $8,448–$12,672 added home value

PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from Detached Garage With Loft shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 22×48 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes, free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What’s the typical lead time for a 22×48 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month’s payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What’s covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud’s 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 22×48 Detached Garage With Loft buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 22×48 Detached Garage With Loft

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review


HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 15,000+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day, usually in under 8 minutes.

Complete your Detached Garage With Loft · Save 10% bundled

These add-ons ship and install with the same crew.

Browse all 28 add-ons →

Bundle & Save

🏗️
Concrete Pad Pour
23×49×4″ slab to engineered spec.
$4,752+ Add
Most Added

🌡
R-19 Insulation Package
Roof & wall batt, vinyl-faced.
$1,795+ Add
💧
Gutter & Downspout Kit
Seamless aluminum, color-matched.
$485+ Add
200-Amp Sub-Panel Pre-Wire
Conduit + sub-panel housing.
$695+ Add
CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose Detached Garage With Loft also viewed:

🏡 22×48

Two-Car Garage Plus Workshop

22×48 two-car garage plus workshop configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Two-Car Garage Plus Workshop →

🎯 22×48

Enclosed RV Garage Kit

22×48 enclosed rv garage kit configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Enclosed RV Garage Kit →

🏢 22×48

Contractor Shop and Office

22×48 contractor shop and office configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,450Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Contractor Shop and Office →

🌾 22×48

Hobby Farm Equipment Barn

22×48 hobby farm equipment barn configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$16,250Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Hobby Farm Equipment Barn →

🎯 22×48

Boat and Toy Storage

22×48 boat and toy storage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Boat and Toy Storage →

🏢 22×48

Auto Repair Shop

22×48 auto repair shop configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,450Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Auto Repair Shop →

🌾 22×48

Horse Run-In and Tack Room

22×48 horse run-in and tack room configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$16,250Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Horse Run-In and Tack Room →

🏡 22×48

Backyard Workshop and Man Cave

22×48 backyard workshop and man cave configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Backyard Workshop and Man Cave →

🏭 22×48

Welding & Fabrication Shop

22×48 welding & fabrication shop configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,850Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Welding & Fabrication Shop →

🎯 22×48

She Shed and Hobby Studio

22×48 she shed and hobby studio configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize She Shed and Hobby Studio →

🏛️ 22×48

Volunteer Fire or Community Equipment Bay

22×48 volunteer fire or community equipment bay configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,550Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Volunteer Fire or Community Equipment Bay →

FREQUENTLY ASKED

Detached Garage With Loft questions, answered.

How much does a 22×48 detached garage with loft cost?

A 22×48 detached garage with loft from Steel and Stud starts at $15,600 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $325/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 22×48 detached garage with loft price?

Yes, every Steel and Stud detached garage with loft ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 22×48 detached garage with loft?

Almost always for 1,056+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud detached garage with loft different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates, no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 22×48 detached garage with loft need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don’t already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 22×48 detached garage with loft delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available, call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 22×48 detached garage with loft without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month’s payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $325/month on a 22×48 detached garage with loft.

What warranty comes with the 22×48 detached garage with loft?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 22×48 detached garage with loft in 3D before I order?

Yes, our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Does a 22×48 detached garage with loft add resale value to my home?

An enclosed 22×48 detached garage with loft typically adds $8,448–$12,672 in resale value per regional comp data, and most insurance carriers reduce premiums for indoor vehicle / equipment storage. Steel and Stud’s 20-year rust warranty transfers to the next owner.

Ready to build?

Your Detached Garage With Loft quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We’ll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install





$15,600.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from \/mo — No credit check
Navy prefab metal building with white trim, roll-up door, and three side windows

22×48 Detached Garage With Loft

1,056 sq ft for metal garage, workshop, or horse barn

22′ x 48′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 22×48 steel building delivers 1,056 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
Leg height adjustable up to 20'

$15,600.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from /mo — No credit check
Chocolate brown metal garage with hip roof, sedan and detailing shelves visible inside

22×48 Auto Repair Shop

1,056 sq ft for metal garage, workshop, or horse barn

22′ x 48′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 22×48 steel building delivers 1,056 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.

22×48 Auto Repair Shop | Steel and Stud, From $17,450

12

22×48 Auto Repair Shop
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$19,900$17,450SAVE $2,450
or $364/mo · $0 down · no credit check

HomeMetal Buildings22×48Auto Repair Shop

★★★★★4.8(verified buyers)✓ Verified Buyers

22×48 Auto Repair Shop, engineered for code-compliant business use.

Our 22×48 auto repair shop fits 22-foot widths and 48-foot lengths to give you a code-passing shell delivered in 4–6 weeks. Independent mechanics fit two service bays with a 9-foot two-post lift in each, plus a parts.

You’re viewing:Auto Repair Shop·Size22×48·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$17,450$19,900Save $2,450
or as low as $364/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You’ll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request, no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 22×48
22×48
this size
$17,450
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7′
8′
9′
10′ +$340
12′ +$640
14′ +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray

🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️

Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪

Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟

Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶

Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🌡️

Insulation Packageyear-round comfort & energy savings
🔩

Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋

Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness

Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method

Electrical Pre-Wireconduit run for licensed electrician
Customizations selected:
Customization subtotal:+$485
  • 1,056 sq ft enclosed
  • 14′ Eave Height
  • 12 GA Frame
  • Two 10×10 Doors
  • 180 mph wind certified
  • 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-22X48-AUTO-REPAIR-SHOPBuilt:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
🛡️
A+
BBB Accredited
4.8/5
customer rating
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
15,000+
Buildings
🇺🇸
48
States Served
We’ve provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your service-bay layout.

22 feet wide × 48 feet long. Our 22×48 auto repair shop fits 22-foot widths and 48-foot lengths to give you a code-passing shell delivered in 4–6 weeks.

Lift bay 1LIFT BAY 2Parts / tools22′ × 48′ · 1,056 sq ft · service-bay layout

Lift bay 1 · Lift bay 2 · Parts / tools

Lift bay 1 at the front, lift bay 2 in the middle, parts / tools at the rear. Independent mechanics fit two service bays with a 9-foot two-post lift in each, plus a parts room and customer entry up front.

💡 Pro tip:Permit-Ready.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 22×48 Auto Repair Shop in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer, drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim, mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote, what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
, or,

📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)

WHAT’S INCLUDED

Everything in your Auto Repair Shop.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
1,056 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 22×48 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Auto Repair Shop spec sheet.

Width22′
Length48′ + 6" overhang
Side height9′ standard
Floor space1,056 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use Auto Repair Shop.

DAILY USEEveryday auto repair shop
Everyday auto repair shop
1,056 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a auto repair shop.
STORAGE OVERFLOWauto repair shop + seasonal storage
auto repair shop + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add a partition, electrical, or insulation later.

FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

22×48 Auto Repair Shop, what makes it different.

1,056sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$364/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 22×48 auto repair shop is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use, not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install, really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all, fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $364/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 22×48?

1,056 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial, fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 22′ × 48′ footprint with 1,056 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $8,448–$12,672 added home value

PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from Auto Repair Shop shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 22×48 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes, free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What’s the typical lead time for a 22×48 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month’s payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What’s covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud’s 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 22×48 Auto Repair Shop buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 22×48 Auto Repair Shop

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review


HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 15,000+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day, usually in under 8 minutes.

Complete your Auto Repair Shop · Save 10% bundled

These add-ons ship and install with the same crew.

Browse all 28 add-ons →

Bundle & Save

🏗️
Concrete Pad Pour
23×49×4″ slab to engineered spec.
$4,752+ Add
Most Added

🌡
R-19 Insulation Package
Roof & wall batt, vinyl-faced.
$1,795+ Add
💧
Gutter & Downspout Kit
Seamless aluminum, color-matched.
$485+ Add
200-Amp Sub-Panel Pre-Wire
Conduit + sub-panel housing.
$695+ Add
CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose Auto Repair Shop also viewed:

🏡 22×48

Two-Car Garage Plus Workshop

22×48 two-car garage plus workshop configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Two-Car Garage Plus Workshop →

🎯 22×48

Enclosed RV Garage Kit

22×48 enclosed rv garage kit configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Enclosed RV Garage Kit →

🏢 22×48

Contractor Shop and Office

22×48 contractor shop and office configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,450Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Contractor Shop and Office →

🌾 22×48

Hobby Farm Equipment Barn

22×48 hobby farm equipment barn configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$16,250Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Hobby Farm Equipment Barn →

🎯 22×48

Boat and Toy Storage

22×48 boat and toy storage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Boat and Toy Storage →

🏡 22×48

Detached Garage With Loft

22×48 detached garage with loft configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Detached Garage With Loft →

🌾 22×48

Horse Run-In and Tack Room

22×48 horse run-in and tack room configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$16,250Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Horse Run-In and Tack Room →

🏡 22×48

Backyard Workshop and Man Cave

22×48 backyard workshop and man cave configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Backyard Workshop and Man Cave →

🏭 22×48

Welding & Fabrication Shop

22×48 welding & fabrication shop configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,850Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Welding & Fabrication Shop →

🎯 22×48

She Shed and Hobby Studio

22×48 she shed and hobby studio configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize She Shed and Hobby Studio →

🏛️ 22×48

Volunteer Fire or Community Equipment Bay

22×48 volunteer fire or community equipment bay configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,550Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Volunteer Fire or Community Equipment Bay →

FREQUENTLY ASKED

Auto Repair Shop questions, answered.

How much does a 22×48 auto repair shop cost?

A 22×48 auto repair shop from Steel and Stud starts at $17,450 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $364/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 22×48 auto repair shop price?

Yes, every Steel and Stud auto repair shop ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 22×48 auto repair shop?

Almost always for 1,056+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud auto repair shop different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates, no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 22×48 auto repair shop need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don’t already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 22×48 auto repair shop delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available, call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 22×48 auto repair shop without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month’s payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $364/month on a 22×48 auto repair shop.

What warranty comes with the 22×48 auto repair shop?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 22×48 auto repair shop in 3D before I order?

Yes, our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Does the 22×48 auto repair shop meet IBC commercial code?

Yes. Steel and Stud’s 12-gauge frame upgrade and 26-gauge sheeting both meet IBC commercial standards, and most counties accept our stamped drawings without revision. Engineered loads ship with the order, typical certified specs are 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow.

Ready to build?

Your Auto Repair Shop quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We’ll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install





$17,450.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from \/mo — No credit check
Chocolate brown metal garage with hip roof, sedan and detailing shelves visible inside

22×48 Auto Repair Shop

1,056 sq ft for metal garage, workshop, or horse barn

22′ x 48′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 22×48 steel building delivers 1,056 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
Leg height adjustable up to 20'

$17,450.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from /mo — No credit check
Tan steel barn with dutch doors at sunset while two horses graze along the gravel path

22×48 Horse Run-In and Tack Room

1,056 sq ft for metal garage, workshop, or horse barn

22′ x 48′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 22×48 steel building delivers 1,056 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.

22×48 Horse Run-In and Tack Room | Steel and Stud, From $16,250

12

22×48 Horse Run-In and Tack Room
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$18,550$16,250SAVE $2,300
or $339/mo · $0 down · no credit check

HomeMetal Buildings22×48Horse Run-In and Tack Room

★★★★★4.8(verified buyers)✓ Verified Buyers

22×48 Horse Run-In and Tack Room, built for farm and ranch demands.

Looking for a 22×48 horse run-in and tack room? At 1056 sq ft, this footprint suits farm storage, tractor cover, or tack rooms. Two 16-foot run-in stalls with an open front, plus a 16-foot enclosed tack and feed room at.

You’re viewing:Horse Run-In and Tack Room·Size22×48·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$16,250$18,550Save $2,300
or as low as $339/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You’ll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request, no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 22×48
22×48
this size
$16,250
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7′
8′
9′
10′ +$340
12′ +$640
14′ +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray

🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️

Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪

Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟

Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶

Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🌡️

Insulation Packageyear-round comfort & energy savings
🔩

Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋

Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness

Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method

Electrical Pre-Wireconduit run for licensed electrician
Customizations selected:
Customization subtotal:+$485
  • 1,056 sq ft enclosed
  • Wainscoting
  • Sliding Barn Doors
  • Open Front
  • 180 mph wind certified
  • 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-22X48-HORSE-RUN-IN-TACBuilt:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
🛡️
A+
BBB Accredited
4.8/5
customer rating
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
15,000+
Buildings
🇺🇸
48
States Served
We’ve provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your shedrow horse barn.

22 feet wide × 48 feet long. Center-aisle layout with cross-ties. Looking for a 22×48 horse run-in and tack room? At 1056 sq ft, this footprint suits farm storage, tractor cover, or tack rooms.

3 stalls10-FT CENTER AISLETack + Feed room22′ × 48′ · 1,056 sq ft · shedrow horse barn

3 stalls · 10-ft center aisle · Tack + Feed room

3 stalls at the front, 10-ft center aisle in the middle, tack + feed room at the rear. Capacity: 3 horses + tack + feed. Two 16-foot run-in stalls with an open front, plus a 16-foot enclosed tack and feed room at the end.

💡 Pro tip:Ag-Zone Friendly. Size affords: dutch doors per stall, wash bay rough-in, fly system.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 22×48 Horse Run-In and Tack Room in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer, drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim, mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote, what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
, or,

📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)

WHAT’S INCLUDED

Everything in your Horse Run-In and Tack Room.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
1,056 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 22×48 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Horse Run-In and Tack Room spec sheet.

Width22′
Length48′ + 6" overhang
Side height9′ standard
Floor space1,056 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use Horse Run-In and Tack Room.

DAILY USEEveryday horse run-in and tack room
Everyday horse run-in and tack room
1,056 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a horse run-in and tack room.
STORAGE OVERFLOWhorse run-in and tack room + seasonal storage
horse run-in and tack room + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add a partition, electrical, or insulation later.

FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

22×48 Horse Run-In and Tack Room, what makes it different.

1,056sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$339/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 22×48 horse run-in and tack room is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use, not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install, really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all, fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $339/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 22×48?

1,056 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial, fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 22′ × 48′ footprint with 1,056 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $8,448–$12,672 added home value

PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from Horse Run-In and Tack Room shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 22×48 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes, free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What’s the typical lead time for a 22×48 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month’s payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What’s covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud’s 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 22×48 Horse Run-In and Tack Room buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 22×48 Horse Run-In and Tack Room

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review


HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 15,000+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day, usually in under 8 minutes.

Complete your Horse Run-In and Tack Room · Save 10% bundled

These add-ons ship and install with the same crew.

Browse all 28 add-ons →

Bundle & Save

🏗️
Concrete Pad Pour
23×49×4″ slab to engineered spec.
$4,752+ Add
Most Added

🌡
R-19 Insulation Package
Roof & wall batt, vinyl-faced.
$1,795+ Add
💧
Gutter & Downspout Kit
Seamless aluminum, color-matched.
$485+ Add
200-Amp Sub-Panel Pre-Wire
Conduit + sub-panel housing.
$695+ Add
CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose Horse Run-In and Tack Room also viewed:

🏡 22×48

Two-Car Garage Plus Workshop

22×48 two-car garage plus workshop configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Two-Car Garage Plus Workshop →

🎯 22×48

Enclosed RV Garage Kit

22×48 enclosed rv garage kit configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Enclosed RV Garage Kit →

🏢 22×48

Contractor Shop and Office

22×48 contractor shop and office configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,450Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Contractor Shop and Office →

🌾 22×48

Hobby Farm Equipment Barn

22×48 hobby farm equipment barn configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$16,250Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Hobby Farm Equipment Barn →

🎯 22×48

Boat and Toy Storage

22×48 boat and toy storage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Boat and Toy Storage →

🏡 22×48

Detached Garage With Loft

22×48 detached garage with loft configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Detached Garage With Loft →

🏢 22×48

Auto Repair Shop

22×48 auto repair shop configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,450Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Auto Repair Shop →

🏡 22×48

Backyard Workshop and Man Cave

22×48 backyard workshop and man cave configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Backyard Workshop and Man Cave →

🏭 22×48

Welding & Fabrication Shop

22×48 welding & fabrication shop configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,850Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Welding & Fabrication Shop →

🎯 22×48

She Shed and Hobby Studio

22×48 she shed and hobby studio configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize She Shed and Hobby Studio →

🏛️ 22×48

Volunteer Fire or Community Equipment Bay

22×48 volunteer fire or community equipment bay configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,550Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Volunteer Fire or Community Equipment Bay →

FREQUENTLY ASKED

Horse Run-In and Tack Room questions, answered.

How much does a 22×48 horse run-in and tack room cost?

A 22×48 horse run-in and tack room from Steel and Stud starts at $16,250 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $339/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 22×48 horse run-in and tack room price?

Yes, every Steel and Stud horse run-in and tack room ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 22×48 horse run-in and tack room?

Almost always for 1,056+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud horse run-in and tack room different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates, no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 22×48 horse run-in and tack room need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don’t already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 22×48 horse run-in and tack room delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available, call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 22×48 horse run-in and tack room without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month’s payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $339/month on a 22×48 horse run-in and tack room.

What warranty comes with the 22×48 horse run-in and tack room?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 22×48 horse run-in and tack room in 3D before I order?

Yes, our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Will the 22×48 horse run-in and tack room stand up to livestock and Midwest weather?

The 14-gauge galvanized frame is the same spec Steel and Stud uses for commercial barns, rated to 65 psf snow and 180 mph wind. Ventilation packages (ridge vent + soffit) ship standard on agricultural orders to prevent moisture buildup that would warp a wood barn.

Ready to build?

Your Horse Run-In and Tack Room quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We’ll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install





$16,250.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from \/mo — No credit check
Tan steel barn with dutch doors at sunset while two horses graze along the gravel path

22×48 Horse Run-In and Tack Room

1,056 sq ft for metal garage, workshop, or horse barn

22′ x 48′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 22×48 steel building delivers 1,056 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
Leg height adjustable up to 20'

$16,250.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from /mo — No credit check
Tan steel barn with sliding X-brace doors and covered porch beside a quiet pond

22×48 Backyard Workshop and Man Cave

1,056 sq ft for metal garage, workshop, or horse barn

22′ x 48′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 22×48 steel building delivers 1,056 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.

22×48 Backyard Workshop and Man Cave | Steel and Stud, From $15,600

12

22×48 Backyard Workshop and Man Cave
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$17,800$15,600SAVE $2,200
or $325/mo · $0 down · no credit check

HomeMetal Buildings22×48Backyard Workshop and Man Cave

★★★★★4.8(verified buyers)✓ Verified Buyers

22×48 Backyard Workshop and Man Cave, built for daily backyard use.

22×48 delivers 1056 sq ft of everyday backyard workshop and man cave space. Split the 48-foot length 50/50, a 24-foot insulated workshop with welding outlets and a 24-foot finished man cave with a TV wall and beer.

You’re viewing:Backyard Workshop and Man Cave·Size22×48·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$15,600$17,800Save $2,200
or as low as $325/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You’ll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request, no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 22×48
22×48
this size
$15,600
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7′
8′
9′
10′ +$340
12′ +$640
14′ +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray

🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️

Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪

Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟

Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶

Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🌡️

Insulation Packageyear-round comfort & energy savings
🔩

Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋

Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness

Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method

Electrical Pre-Wireconduit run for licensed electrician
Customizations selected:
Customization subtotal:+$485
  • 1,056 sq ft enclosed
  • R-19 Insulation
  • Partition Wall
  • Two Walk-Ins
  • 180 mph wind certified
  • 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-22X48-BACKYARD-WORKSHOBuilt:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
🛡️
A+
BBB Accredited
4.8/5
customer rating
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
15,000+
Buildings
🇺🇸
48
States Served
We’ve provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your workshop layout.

22 feet wide × 48 feet long. Side-load + walk-in, dust-collection ready. 22×48 delivers 1056 sq ft of everyday backyard workshop and man cave space.

Workbench wallTABLE SAW / CENTERLumber / Material rack22′ × 48′ · 1,056 sq ft · workshop layout

Workbench wall · Table saw / Center · Lumber / Material rack

Workbench wall at the front, table saw / center in the middle, lumber / material rack at the rear. Capacity: 1-person serious shop. Split the 48-foot length 50/50, a 24-foot insulated workshop with welding outlets and a 24-foot finished man cave with a TV wall and beer fridge.

💡 Pro tip:Free 3D Design. Size affords: dust collection, 220V subpanel, shop sink.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 22×48 Backyard Workshop and Man Cave in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer, drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim, mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote, what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
, or,

📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)

WHAT’S INCLUDED

Everything in your Backyard Workshop and Man Cave.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
1,056 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 22×48 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Backyard Workshop and Man Cave spec sheet.

Width22′
Length48′ + 6" overhang
Side height9′ standard
Floor space1,056 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use Backyard Workshop and Man Cave.

DAILY USEEveryday backyard workshop and man cave
Everyday backyard workshop and man cave
1,056 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a backyard workshop and man cave.
STORAGE OVERFLOWbackyard workshop and man cave + seasonal storage
backyard workshop and man cave + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add a partition, electrical, or insulation later.

FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

22×48 Backyard Workshop and Man Cave, what makes it different.

1,056sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$325/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 22×48 backyard workshop and man cave is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use, not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install, really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all, fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $325/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 22×48?

1,056 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial, fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 22′ × 48′ footprint with 1,056 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $8,448–$12,672 added home value

PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from Backyard Workshop and Man Cave shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 22×48 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes, free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What’s the typical lead time for a 22×48 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month’s payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What’s covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud’s 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 22×48 Backyard Workshop and Man Cave buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 22×48 Backyard Workshop and Man Cave

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review


HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 15,000+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day, usually in under 8 minutes.

Complete your Backyard Workshop and Man Cave · Save 10% bundled

These add-ons ship and install with the same crew.

Browse all 28 add-ons →

Bundle & Save

🏗️
Concrete Pad Pour
23×49×4″ slab to engineered spec.
$4,752+ Add
Most Added

🌡
R-19 Insulation Package
Roof & wall batt, vinyl-faced.
$1,795+ Add
💧
Gutter & Downspout Kit
Seamless aluminum, color-matched.
$485+ Add
200-Amp Sub-Panel Pre-Wire
Conduit + sub-panel housing.
$695+ Add
CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose Backyard Workshop and Man Cave also viewed:

🏡 22×48

Two-Car Garage Plus Workshop

22×48 two-car garage plus workshop configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Two-Car Garage Plus Workshop →

🎯 22×48

Enclosed RV Garage Kit

22×48 enclosed rv garage kit configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Enclosed RV Garage Kit →

🏢 22×48

Contractor Shop and Office

22×48 contractor shop and office configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,450Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Contractor Shop and Office →

🌾 22×48

Hobby Farm Equipment Barn

22×48 hobby farm equipment barn configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$16,250Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Hobby Farm Equipment Barn →

🎯 22×48

Boat and Toy Storage

22×48 boat and toy storage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Boat and Toy Storage →

🏡 22×48

Detached Garage With Loft

22×48 detached garage with loft configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Detached Garage With Loft →

🏢 22×48

Auto Repair Shop

22×48 auto repair shop configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,450Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Auto Repair Shop →

🌾 22×48

Horse Run-In and Tack Room

22×48 horse run-in and tack room configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$16,250Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Horse Run-In and Tack Room →

🏭 22×48

Welding & Fabrication Shop

22×48 welding & fabrication shop configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,850Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Welding & Fabrication Shop →

🎯 22×48

She Shed and Hobby Studio

22×48 she shed and hobby studio configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize She Shed and Hobby Studio →

🏛️ 22×48

Volunteer Fire or Community Equipment Bay

22×48 volunteer fire or community equipment bay configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,550Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Volunteer Fire or Community Equipment Bay →

FREQUENTLY ASKED

Backyard Workshop and Man Cave questions, answered.

How much does a 22×48 backyard workshop and man cave cost?

A 22×48 backyard workshop and man cave from Steel and Stud starts at $15,600 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $325/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 22×48 backyard workshop and man cave price?

Yes, every Steel and Stud backyard workshop and man cave ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 22×48 backyard workshop and man cave?

Almost always for 1,056+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud backyard workshop and man cave different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates, no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 22×48 backyard workshop and man cave need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don’t already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 22×48 backyard workshop and man cave delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available, call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 22×48 backyard workshop and man cave without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month’s payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $325/month on a 22×48 backyard workshop and man cave.

What warranty comes with the 22×48 backyard workshop and man cave?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 22×48 backyard workshop and man cave in 3D before I order?

Yes, our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Does a 22×48 backyard workshop and man cave add resale value to my home?

An enclosed 22×48 backyard workshop and man cave typically adds $8,448–$12,672 in resale value per regional comp data, and most insurance carriers reduce premiums for indoor vehicle / equipment storage. Steel and Stud’s 20-year rust warranty transfers to the next owner.

Ready to build?

Your Backyard Workshop and Man Cave quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We’ll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install





$15,600.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from \/mo — No credit check
Tan steel barn with sliding X-brace doors and covered porch beside a quiet pond

22×48 Backyard Workshop and Man Cave

1,056 sq ft for metal garage, workshop, or horse barn

22′ x 48′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 22×48 steel building delivers 1,056 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
Leg height adjustable up to 20'

$15,600.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from /mo — No credit check
Metal workshop interior set up as a hobby shop with CNC router, workbenches, and spray booth

22×48 Welding & Fabrication Shop

1,056 sq ft for metal garage, workshop, or horse barn

22′ x 48′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 22×48 steel building delivers 1,056 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.

22×48 Welding & Fabrication Shop | Steel and Stud, From $17,850

12

22×48 Welding & Fabrication Shop
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$20,350$17,850SAVE $2,500
or $372/mo · $0 down · no credit check

HomeMetal Buildings22×48Welding & Fabrication Shop

★★★★★4.8(verified buyers)✓ Verified Buyers

22×48 Welding & Fabrication Shop, rated for heavy-duty industrial loads.

Small fab shops use the 22×48 for a welding bay, plasma-cutting station, and a 22×48 sheet metal rack along the back wall. 12-gauge frame upgrade and 26-gauge walls handle hot work; framed openings let you add a future.

You’re viewing:Welding & Fabrication Shop·Size22×48·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$17,850$20,350Save $2,500
or as low as $372/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You’ll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request, no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 22×48
22×48
this size
$17,850
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7′
8′
9′
10′ +$340
12′ +$640
14′ +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray

🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️

Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪

Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟

Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶

Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🌡️

Insulation Packageyear-round comfort & energy savings
🔩

Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋

Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness

Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method

Electrical Pre-Wireconduit run for licensed electrician
Customizations selected:
Customization subtotal:+$485
  • 1,056 sq ft enclosed
  • 12 GA Frame
  • 26 GA Walls
  • Framed Openings
  • 180 mph wind certified
  • 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-22X48-WELDING-FABRICATBuilt:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
🛡️
A+
BBB Accredited
4.8/5
customer rating
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
15,000+
Buildings
🇺🇸
48
States Served
We’ve provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your workshop layout.

22 feet wide × 48 feet long. Side-load + walk-in, dust-collection ready. Small fab shops use the 22×48 for a welding bay, plasma-cutting station, and a 22×48 sheet metal rack along the back wall.

Workbench wallTABLE SAW / CENTERLumber / Material rack22′ × 48′ · 1,056 sq ft · workshop layout

Workbench wall · Table saw / Center · Lumber / Material rack

Workbench wall at the front, table saw / center in the middle, lumber / material rack at the rear. Capacity: 1-person serious shop. 12-gauge frame upgrade and 26-gauge walls handle hot work; framed openings let you add a future exhaust fan or roll-up without cutting later.

💡 Pro tip:Framed Openings. Size affords: dust collection, 220V subpanel, shop sink.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 22×48 Welding & Fabrication Shop in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer, drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim, mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote, what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
, or,

📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)

WHAT’S INCLUDED

Everything in your Welding & Fabrication Shop.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
1,056 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 22×48 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Welding & Fabrication Shop spec sheet.

Width22′
Length48′ + 6" overhang
Side height9′ standard
Floor space1,056 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use Welding & Fabrication Shop.

DAILY USEEveryday welding & fabrication shop
Everyday welding & fabrication shop
1,056 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a welding & fabrication shop.
STORAGE OVERFLOWwelding & fabrication shop + seasonal storage
welding & fabrication shop + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add a partition, electrical, or insulation later.

FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

22×48 Welding & Fabrication Shop, what makes it different.

1,056sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$372/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 22×48 welding & fabrication shop is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use, not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install, really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all, fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $372/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 22×48?

1,056 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial, fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 22′ × 48′ footprint with 1,056 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $8,448–$12,672 added home value

PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from Welding & Fabrication Shop shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 22×48 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes, free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What’s the typical lead time for a 22×48 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month’s payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What’s covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud’s 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 22×48 Welding & Fabrication Shop buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 22×48 Welding & Fabrication Shop

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review


HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 15,000+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day, usually in under 8 minutes.

Complete your Welding & Fabrication Shop · Save 10% bundled

These add-ons ship and install with the same crew.

Browse all 28 add-ons →

Bundle & Save

🏗️
Concrete Pad Pour
23×49×4″ slab to engineered spec.
$4,752+ Add
Most Added

🌡
R-19 Insulation Package
Roof & wall batt, vinyl-faced.
$1,795+ Add
💧
Gutter & Downspout Kit
Seamless aluminum, color-matched.
$485+ Add
200-Amp Sub-Panel Pre-Wire
Conduit + sub-panel housing.
$695+ Add
CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose Welding & Fabrication Shop also viewed:

🏡 22×48

Two-Car Garage Plus Workshop

22×48 two-car garage plus workshop configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Two-Car Garage Plus Workshop →

🎯 22×48

Enclosed RV Garage Kit

22×48 enclosed rv garage kit configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Enclosed RV Garage Kit →

🏢 22×48

Contractor Shop and Office

22×48 contractor shop and office configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,450Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Contractor Shop and Office →

🌾 22×48

Hobby Farm Equipment Barn

22×48 hobby farm equipment barn configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$16,250Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Hobby Farm Equipment Barn →

🎯 22×48

Boat and Toy Storage

22×48 boat and toy storage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Boat and Toy Storage →

🏡 22×48

Detached Garage With Loft

22×48 detached garage with loft configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Detached Garage With Loft →

🏢 22×48

Auto Repair Shop

22×48 auto repair shop configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,450Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Auto Repair Shop →

🌾 22×48

Horse Run-In and Tack Room

22×48 horse run-in and tack room configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$16,250Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Horse Run-In and Tack Room →

🏡 22×48

Backyard Workshop and Man Cave

22×48 backyard workshop and man cave configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Backyard Workshop and Man Cave →

🎯 22×48

She Shed and Hobby Studio

22×48 she shed and hobby studio configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize She Shed and Hobby Studio →

🏛️ 22×48

Volunteer Fire or Community Equipment Bay

22×48 volunteer fire or community equipment bay configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,550Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Volunteer Fire or Community Equipment Bay →

FREQUENTLY ASKED

Welding & Fabrication Shop questions, answered.

How much does a 22×48 welding & fabrication shop cost?

A 22×48 welding & fabrication shop from Steel and Stud starts at $17,850 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $372/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 22×48 welding & fabrication shop price?

Yes, every Steel and Stud welding & fabrication shop ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 22×48 welding & fabrication shop?

Almost always for 1,056+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud welding & fabrication shop different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates, no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 22×48 welding & fabrication shop need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don’t already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 22×48 welding & fabrication shop delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available, call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 22×48 welding & fabrication shop without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month’s payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $372/month on a 22×48 welding & fabrication shop.

What warranty comes with the 22×48 welding & fabrication shop?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 22×48 welding & fabrication shop in 3D before I order?

Yes, our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Will the 22×48 welding & fabrication shop handle heavy equipment and forklifts?

Standard 22×48 welding & fabrication shop ships rated for 35 psf live load on the floor (over concrete pad), and the 12-gauge frame upgrade supports trolley- and jib-crane mounts up to 1-ton capacity. Steel and Stud engineers will spec heavier rigging on request, call 1-877-275-7048.

Ready to build?

Your Welding & Fabrication Shop quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We’ll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install





$17,850.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from \/mo — No credit check
Metal workshop interior set up as a hobby shop with CNC router, workbenches, and spray booth

22×48 Welding & Fabrication Shop

1,056 sq ft for metal garage, workshop, or horse barn

22′ x 48′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 22×48 steel building delivers 1,056 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
Leg height adjustable up to 20'

$17,850.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from /mo — No credit check
Tan steel building garden studio at golden hour with french doors, window box, and wooden bench

22×48 She Shed and Hobby Studio

1,056 sq ft for metal garage, workshop, or horse barn

22′ x 48′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 22×48 steel building delivers 1,056 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.

22×48 She Shed and Hobby Studio | Steel and Stud, From $15,600

12

22×48 She Shed and Hobby Studio
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$17,800$15,600SAVE $2,200
or $325/mo · $0 down · no credit check

HomeMetal Buildings22×48She Shed and Hobby Studio

★★★★★4.8(verified buyers)✓ Verified Buyers

22×48 She Shed and Hobby Studio, built for hobby and recreational use.

Built for recreational use without site-build cost, this 22×48 she shed and hobby studio packs 1056 sq ft into a code-compliant shell. Half pottery studio with a kiln vent, half craft and quilting space with three.

You’re viewing:She Shed and Hobby Studio·Size22×48·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$15,600$17,800Save $2,200
or as low as $325/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You’ll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request, no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 22×48
22×48
this size
$15,600
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7′
8′
9′
10′ +$340
12′ +$640
14′ +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray

🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️

Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪

Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟

Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶

Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🌡️

Insulation Packageyear-round comfort & energy savings
🔩

Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋

Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness

Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method

Electrical Pre-Wireconduit run for licensed electrician
Customizations selected:
Customization subtotal:+$485
  • 1,056 sq ft enclosed
  • Storefront Windows
  • Wainscoting
  • R-13 Insulation
  • 180 mph wind certified
  • 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-22X48-SHE-SHED-HOBBY-SBuilt:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
🛡️
A+
BBB Accredited
4.8/5
customer rating
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
15,000+
Buildings
🇺🇸
48
States Served
We’ve provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your finished retreat layout.

22 feet wide × 48 feet long. Built for recreational use without site-build cost, this 22×48 she shed and hobby studio packs 1056 sq ft into a code-compliant shell.

Main loungeWet bar / Kitch.Bath / Storage22′ × 48′ · 1,056 sq ft · finished retreat layout

Main lounge · Wet bar / Kitch. · Bath / Storage

Main lounge at the front, wet bar / kitch. in the middle, bath / storage at the rear. Half pottery studio with a kiln vent, half craft and quilting space with three storefront windows for natural light.

💡 Pro tip:17 Color Options.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 22×48 She Shed and Hobby Studio in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer, drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim, mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote, what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
, or,

📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)

WHAT’S INCLUDED

Everything in your She Shed and Hobby Studio.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
1,056 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 22×48 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

She Shed and Hobby Studio spec sheet.

Width22′
Length48′ + 6" overhang
Side height9′ standard
Floor space1,056 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use She Shed and Hobby Studio.

DAILY USEEveryday she shed and hobby studio
Everyday she shed and hobby studio
1,056 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a she shed and hobby studio.
STORAGE OVERFLOWshe shed and hobby studio + seasonal storage
she shed and hobby studio + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add a partition, electrical, or insulation later.

FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

22×48 She Shed and Hobby Studio, what makes it different.

1,056sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$325/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 22×48 she shed and hobby studio is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use, not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install, really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all, fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $325/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 22×48?

1,056 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial, fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 22′ × 48′ footprint with 1,056 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $8,448–$12,672 added home value

PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from She Shed and Hobby Studio shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 22×48 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes, free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What’s the typical lead time for a 22×48 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month’s payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What’s covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud’s 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 22×48 She Shed and Hobby Studio buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 22×48 She Shed and Hobby Studio

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review


HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 15,000+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day, usually in under 8 minutes.

Complete your She Shed and Hobby Studio · Save 10% bundled

These add-ons ship and install with the same crew.

Browse all 28 add-ons →

Bundle & Save

🏗️
Concrete Pad Pour
23×49×4″ slab to engineered spec.
$4,752+ Add
Most Added

🌡
R-19 Insulation Package
Roof & wall batt, vinyl-faced.
$1,795+ Add
💧
Gutter & Downspout Kit
Seamless aluminum, color-matched.
$485+ Add
200-Amp Sub-Panel Pre-Wire
Conduit + sub-panel housing.
$695+ Add
CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose She Shed and Hobby Studio also viewed:

🏡 22×48

Two-Car Garage Plus Workshop

22×48 two-car garage plus workshop configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Two-Car Garage Plus Workshop →

🎯 22×48

Enclosed RV Garage Kit

22×48 enclosed rv garage kit configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Enclosed RV Garage Kit →

🏢 22×48

Contractor Shop and Office

22×48 contractor shop and office configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,450Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Contractor Shop and Office →

🌾 22×48

Hobby Farm Equipment Barn

22×48 hobby farm equipment barn configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$16,250Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Hobby Farm Equipment Barn →

🎯 22×48

Boat and Toy Storage

22×48 boat and toy storage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Boat and Toy Storage →

🏡 22×48

Detached Garage With Loft

22×48 detached garage with loft configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Detached Garage With Loft →

🏢 22×48

Auto Repair Shop

22×48 auto repair shop configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,450Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Auto Repair Shop →

🌾 22×48

Horse Run-In and Tack Room

22×48 horse run-in and tack room configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$16,250Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Horse Run-In and Tack Room →

🏡 22×48

Backyard Workshop and Man Cave

22×48 backyard workshop and man cave configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Backyard Workshop and Man Cave →

🏭 22×48

Welding & Fabrication Shop

22×48 welding & fabrication shop configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,850Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Welding & Fabrication Shop →

🏛️ 22×48

Volunteer Fire or Community Equipment Bay

22×48 volunteer fire or community equipment bay configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,550Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Volunteer Fire or Community Equipment Bay →

FREQUENTLY ASKED

She Shed and Hobby Studio questions, answered.

How much does a 22×48 she shed and hobby studio cost?

A 22×48 she shed and hobby studio from Steel and Stud starts at $15,600 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $325/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 22×48 she shed and hobby studio price?

Yes, every Steel and Stud she shed and hobby studio ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 22×48 she shed and hobby studio?

Almost always for 1,056+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud she shed and hobby studio different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates, no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 22×48 she shed and hobby studio need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don’t already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 22×48 she shed and hobby studio delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available, call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 22×48 she shed and hobby studio without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month’s payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $325/month on a 22×48 she shed and hobby studio.

What warranty comes with the 22×48 she shed and hobby studio?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 22×48 she shed and hobby studio in 3D before I order?

Yes, our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Can I insulate the 22×48 she shed and hobby studio for year-round use?

Yes, Steel and Stud offers R-13 wall + R-19 ceiling insulation packages, and the interior is drywall-ready. Most owners finish a she shed and hobby studio to a livable retreat in 2–3 weekends. Add a mini-split HVAC at checkout for full four-season comfort.

Ready to build?

Your She Shed and Hobby Studio quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We’ll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install





$15,600.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from \/mo — No credit check
Tan steel building garden studio at golden hour with french doors, window box, and wooden bench

22×48 She Shed and Hobby Studio

1,056 sq ft for metal garage, workshop, or horse barn

22′ x 48′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 22×48 steel building delivers 1,056 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
Leg height adjustable up to 20'

$15,600.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from /mo — No credit check
Black metal carport with partially enclosed end on a gravel pad among forested mountains

22×48 Volunteer Fire or Community Equipment Bay

1,056 sq ft for metal garage, workshop, or horse barn

22′ x 48′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 22×48 steel building delivers 1,056 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.

22×48 Volunteer Fire or Community Equipment Bay | Steel and Stud, From $17,550

12

22×48 Volunteer Fire or Community Equipment Bay
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$20,000$17,550SAVE $2,450
or $366/mo · $0 down · no credit check

HomeMetal Buildings22×48Volunteer Fire or Community Equipment Bay

★★★★★4.8(verified buyers)✓ Verified Buyers

22×48 Volunteer Fire or Community Equipment Bay, engineered to code for assembly use.

22×48 delivers 1056 sq ft of public-use volunteer fire or community equipment bay space. Rural fire departments and HOAs use the 22×48 for a single brush-truck bay plus a meeting and gear room. The 16-foot eave clears.

You’re viewing:Volunteer Fire or Community Equipment Bay·Size22×48·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$17,550$20,000Save $2,450
or as low as $366/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You’ll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request, no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 22×48
22×48
this size
$17,550
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7′
8′
9′
10′ +$340
12′ +$640
14′ +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray

🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️

Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪

Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟

Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶

Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🌡️

Insulation Packageyear-round comfort & energy savings
🔩

Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋

Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness

Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method

Electrical Pre-Wireconduit run for licensed electrician
Customizations selected:
Customization subtotal:+$485
  • 1,056 sq ft enclosed
  • IBC Certified
  • 16′ Eave
  • Stamped Drawings
  • 180 mph wind certified
  • 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-22X48-VOLUNTEER-FIRE-CBuilt:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
🛡️
A+
BBB Accredited
4.8/5
customer rating
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
15,000+
Buildings
🇺🇸
48
States Served
We’ve provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your volunteer fire or community equipment bay layout.

22 feet wide × 48 feet long. 22×48 delivers 1056 sq ft of public-use volunteer fire or community equipment bay space.

TruckTrailer22′ × 48′ · 1,056 sq ft · volunteer fire or community equipment bay layout

Volunteer Fire or Community Equipment Bay layout.

22×48 delivers 1056 sq ft of public-use volunteer fire or community equipment bay space. Rural fire departments and HOAs use the 22×48 for a single brush-truck bay plus a meeting and gear room. The 16-foot eave clears most Type 6 engines with light bars. IBC-certified stamped drawings come standard, and ASCE 7-22 wind load engineering meets county requirements. Steel and Stud handles the permit packet.

💡 Pro tip:Permit Packet Included.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 22×48 Volunteer Fire or Community Equipment Bay in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer, drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim, mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote, what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
, or,

📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)

WHAT’S INCLUDED

Everything in your Volunteer Fire or Community Equipment Bay.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
1,056 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 22×48 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Volunteer Fire or Community Equipment Bay spec sheet.

Width22′
Length48′ + 6" overhang
Side height9′ standard
Floor space1,056 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use Volunteer Fire or Community Equipment Bay.

DAILY USEEveryday volunteer fire or community equipment bay
Everyday volunteer fire or community equipment bay
1,056 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a volunteer fire or community equipment bay.
STORAGE OVERFLOWvolunteer fire or community equipment bay + seasonal storage
volunteer fire or community equipment bay + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add a partition, electrical, or insulation later.

FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

22×48 Volunteer Fire or Community Equipment Bay, what makes it different.

1,056sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$366/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 22×48 volunteer fire or community equipment bay is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use, not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install, really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all, fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $366/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 22×48?

1,056 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial, fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 22′ × 48′ footprint with 1,056 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $8,448–$12,672 added home value

PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from Volunteer Fire or Community Equipment Bay shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 22×48 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes, free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What’s the typical lead time for a 22×48 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month’s payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What’s covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud’s 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 22×48 Volunteer Fire or Community Equipment Bay buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 22×48 Volunteer Fire or Community Equipment Bay

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review


HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 15,000+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day, usually in under 8 minutes.

Complete your Volunteer Fire or Community Equipment Bay · Save 10% bundled

These add-ons ship and install with the same crew.

Browse all 28 add-ons →

Bundle & Save

🏗️
Concrete Pad Pour
23×49×4″ slab to engineered spec.
$4,752+ Add
Most Added

🌡
R-19 Insulation Package
Roof & wall batt, vinyl-faced.
$1,795+ Add
💧
Gutter & Downspout Kit
Seamless aluminum, color-matched.
$485+ Add
200-Amp Sub-Panel Pre-Wire
Conduit + sub-panel housing.
$695+ Add
CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose Volunteer Fire or Community Equipment Bay also viewed:

🏡 22×48

Two-Car Garage Plus Workshop

22×48 two-car garage plus workshop configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Two-Car Garage Plus Workshop →

🎯 22×48

Enclosed RV Garage Kit

22×48 enclosed rv garage kit configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Enclosed RV Garage Kit →

🏢 22×48

Contractor Shop and Office

22×48 contractor shop and office configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,450Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Contractor Shop and Office →

🌾 22×48

Hobby Farm Equipment Barn

22×48 hobby farm equipment barn configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$16,250Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Hobby Farm Equipment Barn →

🎯 22×48

Boat and Toy Storage

22×48 boat and toy storage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Boat and Toy Storage →

🏡 22×48

Detached Garage With Loft

22×48 detached garage with loft configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Detached Garage With Loft →

🏢 22×48

Auto Repair Shop

22×48 auto repair shop configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,450Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Auto Repair Shop →

🌾 22×48

Horse Run-In and Tack Room

22×48 horse run-in and tack room configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$16,250Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Horse Run-In and Tack Room →

🏡 22×48

Backyard Workshop and Man Cave

22×48 backyard workshop and man cave configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Backyard Workshop and Man Cave →

🏭 22×48

Welding & Fabrication Shop

22×48 welding & fabrication shop configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,850Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Welding & Fabrication Shop →

🎯 22×48

She Shed and Hobby Studio

22×48 she shed and hobby studio configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize She Shed and Hobby Studio →

FREQUENTLY ASKED

Volunteer Fire or Community Equipment Bay questions, answered.

How much does a 22×48 volunteer fire or community equipment bay cost?

A 22×48 volunteer fire or community equipment bay from Steel and Stud starts at $17,550 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $366/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 22×48 volunteer fire or community equipment bay price?

Yes, every Steel and Stud volunteer fire or community equipment bay ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 22×48 volunteer fire or community equipment bay?

Almost always for 1,056+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud volunteer fire or community equipment bay different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates, no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 22×48 volunteer fire or community equipment bay need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don’t already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 22×48 volunteer fire or community equipment bay delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available, call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 22×48 volunteer fire or community equipment bay without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month’s payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $366/month on a 22×48 volunteer fire or community equipment bay.

What warranty comes with the 22×48 volunteer fire or community equipment bay?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 22×48 volunteer fire or community equipment bay in 3D before I order?

Yes, our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Will the 22×48 volunteer fire or community equipment bay pass community-use and assembly inspections?

Yes. Steel and Stud’s engineered drawings include load calculations, accessibility paths, and egress widths required by most jurisdictions for assembly and institutional use. Stamped, sealed PE drawings are included free with every order.

Ready to build?

Your Volunteer Fire or Community Equipment Bay quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We’ll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install





$17,550.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from \/mo — No credit check
Black metal carport with partially enclosed end on a gravel pad among forested mountains

22×48 Volunteer Fire or Community Equipment Bay

1,056 sq ft for metal garage, workshop, or horse barn

22′ x 48′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 22×48 steel building delivers 1,056 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
Leg height adjustable up to 20'

$17,550.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from /mo — No credit check
Blue steel garage with white roll-up door and windows near a mountain lake at sunset

24×24 Single-Car Metal Garage

576 sq ft for compact garage, RV cover, or carport

24′ x 24′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 24×24 steel building delivers 576 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.

24×24 Single-Car Metal Garage | Steel and Stud, From $8,500

12

24×24 Single-Car Metal Garage
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$9,700$8,500SAVE $1,200
or $177/mo · $0 down · no credit check

HomeMetal Buildings24×24Single-Car Metal Garage

★★★★★4.8(verified buyers)✓ Verified Buyers

24×24 Single-Car Metal Garage, built for daily backyard use.

Built for homeowners who want more covered space, this 24×24 single-car metal garage packs 576 sq ft into a code-compliant shell. Homeowners who want one secure parking bay plus storage pick this layout most. A 24×24.

You’re viewing:Single-Car Metal Garage·Size24×24·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$8,500$9,700Save $1,200
or as low as $177/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You’ll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request, no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 24×24
24×24
this size
$8,500
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7′
8′
9′
10′ +$340
12′ +$640
14′ +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray

🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️

Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪

Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟

Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶

Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🌡️

Insulation Packageyear-round comfort & energy savings
🔩

Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋

Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness

Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method

Electrical Pre-Wireconduit run for licensed electrician
Customizations selected:
Customization subtotal:+$485
  • 576 sq ft enclosed
  • 14 GA Frame
  • Vertical Roof
  • 8×8 Roll-Up
  • 180 mph wind certified
  • 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-24X24-SINGLE-CAR-METALBuilt:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
🛡️
A+
BBB Accredited
4.8/5
customer rating
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
15,000+
Buildings
🇺🇸
48
States Served
We’ve provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your two-bay garage.

24 feet wide × 24 feet long. Two 9-ft doors, walk-in side entry. Built for homeowners who want more covered space, this 24×24 single-car metal garage packs 576 sq ft into a code-compliant shell.

Vehicle bay 1Vehicle bay 2Workbench / tools24′ × 24′ · 576 sq ft · two-bay garage

Vehicle bay 1 · Vehicle bay 2 · Workbench / tools

Vehicle bay 1 at the front, vehicle bay 2 in the middle, workbench / tools at the rear. Capacity: 2 vehicles + small workshop. Homeowners who want one secure parking bay plus storage pick this layout most.

💡 Pro tip:Free Install. Size affords: lift rough-in, air compressor, shop sink.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 24×24 Single-Car Metal Garage in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer, drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim, mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote, what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
, or,

📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)

WHAT’S INCLUDED

Everything in your Single-Car Metal Garage.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
576 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 24×24 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Single-Car Metal Garage spec sheet.

Width24′
Length24′ + 6" overhang
Side height9′ standard
Floor space576 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use Single-Car Metal Garage.

DAILY USEEveryday single-car metal garage
Everyday single-car metal garage
576 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a single-car metal garage.
STORAGE OVERFLOWsingle-car metal garage + seasonal storage
single-car metal garage + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add a partition, electrical, or insulation later.

FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

24×24 Single-Car Metal Garage, what makes it different.

576sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$177/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 24×24 single-car metal garage is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use, not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install, really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all, fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $177/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 24×24?

576 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial, fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 24′ × 24′ footprint with 576 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $4,608–$6,912 added home value

PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from Single-Car Metal Garage shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 24×24 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes, free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What’s the typical lead time for a 24×24 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month’s payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What’s covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud’s 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 24×24 Single-Car Metal Garage buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 24×24 Single-Car Metal Garage

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review


HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 15,000+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day, usually in under 8 minutes.

Complete your Single-Car Metal Garage · Save 10% bundled

These add-ons ship and install with the same crew.

Browse all 28 add-ons →

Bundle & Save

🏗️
Concrete Pad Pour
25×25×4″ slab to engineered spec.
$2,592+ Add
Most Added

🌡
R-19 Insulation Package
Roof & wall batt, vinyl-faced.
$1,795+ Add
💧
Gutter & Downspout Kit
Seamless aluminum, color-matched.
$485+ Add
200-Amp Sub-Panel Pre-Wire
Conduit + sub-panel housing.
$695+ Add
CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose Single-Car Metal Garage also viewed:

🏡 24×24

Metal Workshop

24×24 metal workshop configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$8,500Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Metal Workshop →

🏡 24×24

Storage Shed

24×24 storage shed configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$8,500Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Storage Shed →

🏡 24×24

Backyard Home Office

24×24 backyard home office configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$8,500Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Backyard Home Office →

🏡 24×24

Hobby Room / She-Shed

24×24 hobby room / she-shed configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$8,500Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Hobby Room / She-Shed →

🏡 24×24

Pool House

24×24 pool house configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$8,500Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Pool House →

🌾 24×24

Garden Shed with Lean-To

24×24 garden shed with lean-to configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$9,150Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Garden Shed with Lean-To →

🌾 24×24

Tool Shed and Equipment Storage

24×24 tool shed and equipment storage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$9,150Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Tool Shed and Equipment Storage →

🎯 24×24

ATV and Toy Storage

24×24 atv and toy storage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$8,500Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize ATV and Toy Storage →

🎯 24×24

Motorcycle Garage and Workshop

24×24 motorcycle garage and workshop configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$8,500Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Motorcycle Garage and Workshop →

🏡 24×24

Carport with Storage Bay

24×24 carport with storage bay configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$8,500Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Carport with Storage Bay →

🏢 24×24

Small Business Storefront

24×24 small business storefront configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$10,350Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Small Business Storefront →

FREQUENTLY ASKED

Single-Car Metal Garage questions, answered.

How much does a 24×24 single-car metal garage cost?

A 24×24 single-car metal garage from Steel and Stud starts at $8,500 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $177/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 24×24 single-car metal garage price?

Yes, every Steel and Stud single-car metal garage ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 24×24 single-car metal garage?

Almost always for 576+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud single-car metal garage different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates, no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 24×24 single-car metal garage need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don’t already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 24×24 single-car metal garage delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available, call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 24×24 single-car metal garage without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month’s payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $177/month on a 24×24 single-car metal garage.

What warranty comes with the 24×24 single-car metal garage?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 24×24 single-car metal garage in 3D before I order?

Yes, our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Does a 24×24 single-car metal garage add resale value to my home?

An enclosed 24×24 single-car metal garage typically adds $4,608–$6,912 in resale value per regional comp data, and most insurance carriers reduce premiums for indoor vehicle / equipment storage. Steel and Stud’s 20-year rust warranty transfers to the next owner.

Ready to build?

Your Single-Car Metal Garage quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We’ll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install





$8,500.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from \/mo — No credit check
Blue steel garage with white roll-up door and windows near a mountain lake at sunset

24×24 Single-Car Metal Garage

576 sq ft for compact garage, RV cover, or carport

24′ x 24′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 24×24 steel building delivers 576 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
Leg height adjustable up to 20'

$8,500.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from /mo — No credit check
Pumpkin orange metal workshop with dark roll-up door and gooseneck light in wooded hills

24×24 Metal Workshop

576 sq ft for compact garage, RV cover, or carport

24′ x 24′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 24×24 steel building delivers 576 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.

24×24 Metal Workshop | Steel and Stud, From $8,500

12

24×24 Metal Workshop
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$9,700$8,500SAVE $1,200
or $177/mo · $0 down · no credit check

HomeMetal Buildings24×24Metal Workshop

★★★★★4.8(verified buyers)✓ Verified Buyers

24×24 Metal Workshop, built for daily backyard use.

24×24 delivers 576 sq ft of everyday metal workshop space. Hobbyists building furniture, restoring bikes, or running a side trade pick the workshop config. 576 sq ft holds a 10-foot bench, table saw, drill press, and.

You’re viewing:Metal Workshop·Size24×24·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$8,500$9,700Save $1,200
or as low as $177/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You’ll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request, no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 24×24
24×24
this size
$8,500
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7′
8′
9′
10′ +$340
12′ +$640
14′ +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray

🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️

Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪

Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟

Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶

Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🌡️

Insulation Packageyear-round comfort & energy savings
🔩

Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋

Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness

Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method

Electrical Pre-Wireconduit run for licensed electrician
Customizations selected:
Customization subtotal:+$485
  • 576 sq ft enclosed
  • 12 GA Upgrade
  • R-19 Insulation
  • 2 Windows
  • 180 mph wind certified
  • 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-24X24-METAL-WORKSHOPBuilt:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
🛡️
A+
BBB Accredited
4.8/5
customer rating
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
15,000+
Buildings
🇺🇸
48
States Served
We’ve provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your compact workshop.

24 feet wide × 24 feet long. Single roll-up + walk-in. 24×24 delivers 576 sq ft of everyday metal workshop space.

Workbench wallTOOL STORAGEFloor space24′ × 24′ · 576 sq ft · compact workshop

Workbench wall · Tool storage · Floor space

Workbench wall at the front, tool storage in the middle, floor space at the rear. Capacity: personal workshop. Hobbyists building furniture, restoring bikes, or running a side trade pick the workshop config.

💡 Pro tip:Permit-Ready Drawings. Size affords: workbench, pegboard wall.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 24×24 Metal Workshop in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer, drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim, mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote, what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
, or,

📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)

WHAT’S INCLUDED

Everything in your Metal Workshop.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
576 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 24×24 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Metal Workshop spec sheet.

Width24′
Length24′ + 6" overhang
Side height9′ standard
Floor space576 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use Metal Workshop.

DAILY USEEveryday metal workshop
Everyday metal workshop
576 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a metal workshop.
STORAGE OVERFLOWmetal workshop + seasonal storage
metal workshop + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add a partition, electrical, or insulation later.

FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

24×24 Metal Workshop, what makes it different.

576sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$177/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 24×24 metal workshop is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use, not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install, really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all, fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $177/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 24×24?

576 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial, fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 24′ × 24′ footprint with 576 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $4,608–$6,912 added home value

PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from Metal Workshop shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 24×24 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes, free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What’s the typical lead time for a 24×24 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month’s payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What’s covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud’s 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 24×24 Metal Workshop buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 24×24 Metal Workshop

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review


HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 15,000+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day, usually in under 8 minutes.

Complete your Metal Workshop · Save 10% bundled

These add-ons ship and install with the same crew.

Browse all 28 add-ons →

Bundle & Save

🏗️
Concrete Pad Pour
25×25×4″ slab to engineered spec.
$2,592+ Add
Most Added

🌡
R-19 Insulation Package
Roof & wall batt, vinyl-faced.
$1,795+ Add
💧
Gutter & Downspout Kit
Seamless aluminum, color-matched.
$485+ Add
200-Amp Sub-Panel Pre-Wire
Conduit + sub-panel housing.
$695+ Add
CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose Metal Workshop also viewed:

🏡 24×24

Single-Car Metal Garage

24×24 single-car metal garage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$8,500Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Single-Car Metal Garage →

🏡 24×24

Storage Shed

24×24 storage shed configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$8,500Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Storage Shed →

🏡 24×24

Backyard Home Office

24×24 backyard home office configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$8,500Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Backyard Home Office →

🏡 24×24

Hobby Room / She-Shed

24×24 hobby room / she-shed configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$8,500Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Hobby Room / She-Shed →

🏡 24×24

Pool House

24×24 pool house configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$8,500Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Pool House →

🌾 24×24

Garden Shed with Lean-To

24×24 garden shed with lean-to configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$9,150Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Garden Shed with Lean-To →

🌾 24×24

Tool Shed and Equipment Storage

24×24 tool shed and equipment storage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$9,150Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Tool Shed and Equipment Storage →

🎯 24×24

ATV and Toy Storage

24×24 atv and toy storage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$8,500Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize ATV and Toy Storage →

🎯 24×24

Motorcycle Garage and Workshop

24×24 motorcycle garage and workshop configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$8,500Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Motorcycle Garage and Workshop →

🏡 24×24

Carport with Storage Bay

24×24 carport with storage bay configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$8,500Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Carport with Storage Bay →

🏢 24×24

Small Business Storefront

24×24 small business storefront configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$10,350Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Small Business Storefront →

FREQUENTLY ASKED

Metal Workshop questions, answered.

How much does a 24×24 metal workshop cost?

A 24×24 metal workshop from Steel and Stud starts at $8,500 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $177/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 24×24 metal workshop price?

Yes, every Steel and Stud metal workshop ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 24×24 metal workshop?

Almost always for 576+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud metal workshop different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates, no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 24×24 metal workshop need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don’t already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 24×24 metal workshop delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available, call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 24×24 metal workshop without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month’s payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $177/month on a 24×24 metal workshop.

What warranty comes with the 24×24 metal workshop?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 24×24 metal workshop in 3D before I order?

Yes, our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Does a 24×24 metal workshop add resale value to my home?

An enclosed 24×24 metal workshop typically adds $4,608–$6,912 in resale value per regional comp data, and most insurance carriers reduce premiums for indoor vehicle / equipment storage. Steel and Stud’s 20-year rust warranty transfers to the next owner.

Ready to build?

Your Metal Workshop quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We’ll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install





$8,500.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from \/mo — No credit check
Pumpkin orange metal workshop with dark roll-up door and gooseneck light in wooded hills

24×24 Metal Workshop

576 sq ft for compact garage, RV cover, or carport

24′ x 24′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 24×24 steel building delivers 576 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
Leg height adjustable up to 20'

$8,500.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from /mo — No credit check
Blue metal shed with single slope roof and open front bays near a fenced lakeside pasture

24×24 Storage Shed

576 sq ft for compact garage, RV cover, or carport

24′ x 24′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 24×24 steel building delivers 576 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.

24×24 Storage Shed | Steel and Stud, From $8,500

12

24×24 Storage Shed
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$9,700$8,500SAVE $1,200
or $177/mo · $0 down · no credit check

HomeMetal Buildings24×24Storage Shed

★★★★★4.8(verified buyers)✓ Verified Buyers

24×24 Storage Shed, built for daily backyard use.

Looking for a 24×24 storage shed? At 576 sq ft, this footprint suits homeowners adding garage, workshop, or hobby space. A 24×24 storage shed swallows a riding mower, push mower, snow blower, kayaks, bikes, and an.

You’re viewing:Storage Shed·Size24×24·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$8,500$9,700Save $1,200
or as low as $177/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You’ll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request, no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 24×24
24×24
this size
$8,500
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7′
8′
9′
10′ +$340
12′ +$640
14′ +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray

🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️

Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪

Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟

Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶

Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🌡️

Insulation Packageyear-round comfort & energy savings
🔩

Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋

Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness

Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method

Electrical Pre-Wireconduit run for licensed electrician
Customizations selected:
Customization subtotal:+$485
  • 576 sq ft enclosed
  • 14 GA Frame
  • Boxed Eave Roof
  • Roll-Up Door
  • 180 mph wind certified
  • 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-24X24-STORAGE-SHEDBuilt:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
🛡️
A+
BBB Accredited
4.8/5
customer rating
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
15,000+
Buildings
🇺🇸
48
States Served
We’ve provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your storage shed layout.

24 feet wide × 24 feet long. Looking for a 24×24 storage shed? At 576 sq ft, this footprint suits homeowners adding garage, workshop, or hobby space.

↑ WINDOW WALL ↑Table SawBenchLumber Rack24′ × 24′ · 576 sq ft · storage shed layout

Storage Shed layout.

Looking for a 24×24 storage shed? At 576 sq ft, this footprint suits homeowners adding garage, workshop, or hobby space. A 24×24 storage shed swallows a riding mower, push mower, snow blower, kayaks, bikes, and an entire wall of shelving with room left over. Small property owners and gardeners pick the 24×24 shed kit when a 24×24 ran out of space and they want one structure that handles every season.

💡 Pro tip:Free Delivery.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 24×24 Storage Shed in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer, drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim, mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote, what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
, or,

📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)

WHAT’S INCLUDED

Everything in your Storage Shed.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
576 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 24×24 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Storage Shed spec sheet.

Width24′
Length24′ + 6" overhang
Side height9′ standard
Floor space576 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use Storage Shed.

DAILY USEEveryday storage shed
Everyday storage shed
576 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a storage shed.
STORAGE OVERFLOWstorage shed + seasonal storage
storage shed + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add a partition, electrical, or insulation later.

FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

24×24 Storage Shed, what makes it different.

576sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$177/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 24×24 storage shed is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use, not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install, really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all, fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $177/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 24×24?

576 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial, fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 24′ × 24′ footprint with 576 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $4,608–$6,912 added home value

PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from Storage Shed shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 24×24 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes, free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What’s the typical lead time for a 24×24 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month’s payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What’s covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud’s 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 24×24 Storage Shed buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 24×24 Storage Shed

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review


HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 15,000+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day, usually in under 8 minutes.

Complete your Storage Shed · Save 10% bundled

These add-ons ship and install with the same crew.

Browse all 28 add-ons →

Bundle & Save

🏗️
Concrete Pad Pour
25×25×4″ slab to engineered spec.
$2,592+ Add
Most Added

🌡
R-19 Insulation Package
Roof & wall batt, vinyl-faced.
$1,795+ Add
💧
Gutter & Downspout Kit
Seamless aluminum, color-matched.
$485+ Add
200-Amp Sub-Panel Pre-Wire
Conduit + sub-panel housing.
$695+ Add
CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose Storage Shed also viewed:

🏡 24×24

Single-Car Metal Garage

24×24 single-car metal garage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$8,500Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Single-Car Metal Garage →

🏡 24×24

Metal Workshop

24×24 metal workshop configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$8,500Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Metal Workshop →

🏡 24×24

Backyard Home Office

24×24 backyard home office configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$8,500Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Backyard Home Office →

🏡 24×24

Hobby Room / She-Shed

24×24 hobby room / she-shed configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$8,500Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Hobby Room / She-Shed →

🏡 24×24

Pool House

24×24 pool house configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$8,500Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Pool House →

🌾 24×24

Garden Shed with Lean-To

24×24 garden shed with lean-to configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$9,150Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Garden Shed with Lean-To →

🌾 24×24

Tool Shed and Equipment Storage

24×24 tool shed and equipment storage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$9,150Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Tool Shed and Equipment Storage →

🎯 24×24

ATV and Toy Storage

24×24 atv and toy storage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$8,500Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize ATV and Toy Storage →

🎯 24×24

Motorcycle Garage and Workshop

24×24 motorcycle garage and workshop configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$8,500Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Motorcycle Garage and Workshop →

🏡 24×24

Carport with Storage Bay

24×24 carport with storage bay configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$8,500Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Carport with Storage Bay →

🏢 24×24

Small Business Storefront

24×24 small business storefront configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$10,350Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Small Business Storefront →

FREQUENTLY ASKED

Storage Shed questions, answered.

How much does a 24×24 storage shed cost?

A 24×24 storage shed from Steel and Stud starts at $8,500 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $177/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 24×24 storage shed price?

Yes, every Steel and Stud storage shed ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 24×24 storage shed?

Almost always for 576+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud storage shed different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates, no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 24×24 storage shed need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don’t already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 24×24 storage shed delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available, call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 24×24 storage shed without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month’s payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $177/month on a 24×24 storage shed.

What warranty comes with the 24×24 storage shed?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 24×24 storage shed in 3D before I order?

Yes, our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Does a 24×24 storage shed add resale value to my home?

An enclosed 24×24 storage shed typically adds $4,608–$6,912 in resale value per regional comp data, and most insurance carriers reduce premiums for indoor vehicle / equipment storage. Steel and Stud’s 20-year rust warranty transfers to the next owner.

Ready to build?

Your Storage Shed quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We’ll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install





$8,500.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from \/mo — No credit check
Blue metal shed with single slope roof and open front bays near a fenced lakeside pasture

24×24 Storage Shed

576 sq ft for compact garage, RV cover, or carport

24′ x 24′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 24×24 steel building delivers 576 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
Leg height adjustable up to 20'

$8,500.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from /mo — No credit check
Cozy craft studio inside a metal building with sewing table, yarn shelves, and floral armchair

24×24 Backyard Home Office

576 sq ft for compact garage, RV cover, or carport

24′ x 24′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 24×24 steel building delivers 576 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.

24×24 Backyard Home Office | Steel and Stud, From $8,500

12

24×24 Backyard Home Office
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$9,700$8,500SAVE $1,200
or $177/mo · $0 down · no credit check

HomeMetal Buildings24×24Backyard Home Office

★★★★★4.8(verified buyers)✓ Verified Buyers

24×24 Backyard Home Office, built for daily backyard use.

Our 24×24 backyard home office fits 24-foot widths and 24-foot lengths to give you a finished daily-use building without contractor pricing. Remote workers buy a 24×24 prefab building when the spare bedroom won’t cut.

You’re viewing:Backyard Home Office·Size24×24·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$8,500$9,700Save $1,200
or as low as $177/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You’ll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request, no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 24×24
24×24
this size
$8,500
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7′
8′
9′
10′ +$340
12′ +$640
14′ +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray

🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️

Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪

Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟

Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶

Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🌡️

Insulation Packageyear-round comfort & energy savings
🔩

Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋

Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness

Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method

Electrical Pre-Wireconduit run for licensed electrician
Customizations selected:
Customization subtotal:+$485
  • 576 sq ft enclosed
  • Insulated Panels
  • French Doors
  • Boxed Eave
  • 180 mph wind certified
  • 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-24X24-BACKYARD-HOME-OFBuilt:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
🛡️
A+
BBB Accredited
4.8/5
customer rating
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
15,000+
Buildings
🇺🇸
48
States Served
We’ve provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your home-office layout.

24 feet wide × 24 feet long. Our 24×24 backyard home office fits 24-foot widths and 24-foot lengths to give you a finished daily-use building without contractor pricing.

Work zoneMeeting / deskSTORAGE / MECH24′ × 24′ · 576 sq ft · home-office layout

Work zone · Meeting / desk · Storage / Mech

Work zone at the front, meeting / desk in the middle, storage / mech at the rear. Remote workers buy a 24×24 prefab building when the spare bedroom won’t cut it.

💡 Pro tip:R-19 Insulation.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 24×24 Backyard Home Office in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer, drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim, mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote, what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
, or,

📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)

WHAT’S INCLUDED

Everything in your Backyard Home Office.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
576 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 24×24 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Backyard Home Office spec sheet.

Width24′
Length24′ + 6" overhang
Side height9′ standard
Floor space576 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use Backyard Home Office.

DAILY USEEveryday backyard home office
Everyday backyard home office
576 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a backyard home office.
STORAGE OVERFLOWbackyard home office + seasonal storage
backyard home office + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add a partition, electrical, or insulation later.

FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

24×24 Backyard Home Office, what makes it different.

576sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$177/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 24×24 backyard home office is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use, not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install, really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all, fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $177/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 24×24?

576 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial, fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 24′ × 24′ footprint with 576 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $4,608–$6,912 added home value

PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from Backyard Home Office shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 24×24 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes, free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What’s the typical lead time for a 24×24 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month’s payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What’s covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud’s 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 24×24 Backyard Home Office buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 24×24 Backyard Home Office

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review


HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 15,000+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day, usually in under 8 minutes.

Complete your Backyard Home Office · Save 10% bundled

These add-ons ship and install with the same crew.

Browse all 28 add-ons →

Bundle & Save

🏗️
Concrete Pad Pour
25×25×4″ slab to engineered spec.
$2,592+ Add
Most Added

🌡
R-19 Insulation Package
Roof & wall batt, vinyl-faced.
$1,795+ Add
💧
Gutter & Downspout Kit
Seamless aluminum, color-matched.
$485+ Add
200-Amp Sub-Panel Pre-Wire
Conduit + sub-panel housing.
$695+ Add
CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose Backyard Home Office also viewed:

🏡 24×24

Single-Car Metal Garage

24×24 single-car metal garage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$8,500Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Single-Car Metal Garage →

🏡 24×24

Metal Workshop

24×24 metal workshop configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$8,500Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Metal Workshop →

🏡 24×24

Storage Shed

24×24 storage shed configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$8,500Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Storage Shed →

🏡 24×24

Hobby Room / She-Shed

24×24 hobby room / she-shed configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$8,500Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Hobby Room / She-Shed →

🏡 24×24

Pool House

24×24 pool house configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$8,500Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Pool House →

🌾 24×24

Garden Shed with Lean-To

24×24 garden shed with lean-to configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$9,150Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Garden Shed with Lean-To →

🌾 24×24

Tool Shed and Equipment Storage

24×24 tool shed and equipment storage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$9,150Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Tool Shed and Equipment Storage →

🎯 24×24

ATV and Toy Storage

24×24 atv and toy storage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$8,500Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize ATV and Toy Storage →

🎯 24×24

Motorcycle Garage and Workshop

24×24 motorcycle garage and workshop configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$8,500Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Motorcycle Garage and Workshop →

🏡 24×24

Carport with Storage Bay

24×24 carport with storage bay configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$8,500Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Carport with Storage Bay →

🏢 24×24

Small Business Storefront

24×24 small business storefront configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$10,350Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Small Business Storefront →

FREQUENTLY ASKED

Backyard Home Office questions, answered.

How much does a 24×24 backyard home office cost?

A 24×24 backyard home office from Steel and Stud starts at $8,500 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $177/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 24×24 backyard home office price?

Yes, every Steel and Stud backyard home office ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 24×24 backyard home office?

Almost always for 576+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud backyard home office different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates, no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 24×24 backyard home office need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don’t already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 24×24 backyard home office delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available, call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 24×24 backyard home office without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month’s payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $177/month on a 24×24 backyard home office.

What warranty comes with the 24×24 backyard home office?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 24×24 backyard home office in 3D before I order?

Yes, our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Does a 24×24 backyard home office add resale value to my home?

An enclosed 24×24 backyard home office typically adds $4,608–$6,912 in resale value per regional comp data, and most insurance carriers reduce premiums for indoor vehicle / equipment storage. Steel and Stud’s 20-year rust warranty transfers to the next owner.

Ready to build?

Your Backyard Home Office quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We’ll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install





$8,500.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from \/mo — No credit check
Cozy craft studio inside a metal building with sewing table, yarn shelves, and floral armchair

24×24 Backyard Home Office

576 sq ft for compact garage, RV cover, or carport

24′ x 24′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 24×24 steel building delivers 576 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
Leg height adjustable up to 20'

$8,500.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from /mo — No credit check
Green prefab metal building at dusk with lit picture windows showing a home hobby studio inside

24×24 Hobby Room / She-Shed

576 sq ft for compact garage, RV cover, or carport

24′ x 24′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 24×24 steel building delivers 576 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.

24×24 Hobby Room / She-Shed | Steel and Stud, From $8,500

12

24×24 Hobby Room / She-Shed
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$9,700$8,500SAVE $1,200
or $177/mo · $0 down · no credit check

HomeMetal Buildings24×24Hobby Room / She-Shed

★★★★★4.8(verified buyers)✓ Verified Buyers

24×24 Hobby Room / She-Shed, built for daily backyard use.

Looking for a 24×24 hobby room / she-shed? At 576 sq ft, this footprint suits homeowners adding garage, workshop, or hobby space. Crafters, quilters, and home-gym owners pick this build for a dedicated retreat away from.

You’re viewing:Hobby Room / She-Shed·Size24×24·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$8,500$9,700Save $1,200
or as low as $177/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You’ll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request, no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 24×24
24×24
this size
$8,500
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7′
8′
9′
10′ +$340
12′ +$640
14′ +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray

🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️

Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪

Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟

Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶

Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🌡️

Insulation Packageyear-round comfort & energy savings
🔩

Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋

Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness

Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method

Electrical Pre-Wireconduit run for licensed electrician
Customizations selected:
Customization subtotal:+$485
  • 576 sq ft enclosed
  • Wainscoting
  • Skylights
  • Walk-In Door
  • 180 mph wind certified
  • 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-24X24-HOBBY-ROOM-SHE-SBuilt:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
🛡️
A+
BBB Accredited
4.8/5
customer rating
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
15,000+
Buildings
🇺🇸
48
States Served
We’ve provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your finished retreat layout.

24 feet wide × 24 feet long. Looking for a 24×24 hobby room / she-shed? At 576 sq ft, this footprint suits homeowners adding garage, workshop, or hobby space.

Main loungeWet bar / Kitch.Bath / Storage24′ × 24′ · 576 sq ft · finished retreat layout

Main lounge · Wet bar / Kitch. · Bath / Storage

Main lounge at the front, wet bar / kitch. in the middle, bath / storage at the rear. Crafters, quilters, and home-gym owners pick this build for a dedicated retreat away from the house.

💡 Pro tip:17 Color Options.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 24×24 Hobby Room / She-Shed in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer, drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim, mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote, what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
, or,

📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)

WHAT’S INCLUDED

Everything in your Hobby Room / She-Shed.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
576 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 24×24 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Hobby Room / She-Shed spec sheet.

Width24′
Length24′ + 6" overhang
Side height9′ standard
Floor space576 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use Hobby Room / She-Shed.

DAILY USEEveryday hobby room / she-shed
Everyday hobby room / she-shed
576 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a hobby room / she-shed.
STORAGE OVERFLOWhobby room / she-shed + seasonal storage
hobby room / she-shed + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add a partition, electrical, or insulation later.

FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

24×24 Hobby Room / She-Shed, what makes it different.

576sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$177/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 24×24 hobby room / she-shed is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use, not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install, really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all, fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $177/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 24×24?

576 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial, fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 24′ × 24′ footprint with 576 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $4,608–$6,912 added home value

PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from Hobby Room / She-Shed shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 24×24 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes, free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What’s the typical lead time for a 24×24 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month’s payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What’s covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud’s 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 24×24 Hobby Room / She-Shed buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 24×24 Hobby Room / She-Shed

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review


HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 15,000+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day, usually in under 8 minutes.

Complete your Hobby Room / She-Shed · Save 10% bundled

These add-ons ship and install with the same crew.

Browse all 28 add-ons →

Bundle & Save

🏗️
Concrete Pad Pour
25×25×4″ slab to engineered spec.
$2,592+ Add
Most Added

🌡
R-19 Insulation Package
Roof & wall batt, vinyl-faced.
$1,795+ Add
💧
Gutter & Downspout Kit
Seamless aluminum, color-matched.
$485+ Add
200-Amp Sub-Panel Pre-Wire
Conduit + sub-panel housing.
$695+ Add
CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose Hobby Room / She-Shed also viewed:

🏡 24×24

Single-Car Metal Garage

24×24 single-car metal garage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$8,500Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Single-Car Metal Garage →

🏡 24×24

Metal Workshop

24×24 metal workshop configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$8,500Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Metal Workshop →

🏡 24×24

Storage Shed

24×24 storage shed configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$8,500Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Storage Shed →

🏡 24×24

Backyard Home Office

24×24 backyard home office configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$8,500Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Backyard Home Office →

🏡 24×24

Pool House

24×24 pool house configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$8,500Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Pool House →

🌾 24×24

Garden Shed with Lean-To

24×24 garden shed with lean-to configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$9,150Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Garden Shed with Lean-To →

🌾 24×24

Tool Shed and Equipment Storage

24×24 tool shed and equipment storage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$9,150Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Tool Shed and Equipment Storage →

🎯 24×24

ATV and Toy Storage

24×24 atv and toy storage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$8,500Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize ATV and Toy Storage →

🎯 24×24

Motorcycle Garage and Workshop

24×24 motorcycle garage and workshop configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$8,500Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Motorcycle Garage and Workshop →

🏡 24×24

Carport with Storage Bay

24×24 carport with storage bay configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$8,500Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Carport with Storage Bay →

🏢 24×24

Small Business Storefront

24×24 small business storefront configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$10,350Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Small Business Storefront →

FREQUENTLY ASKED

Hobby Room / She-Shed questions, answered.

How much does a 24×24 hobby room / she-shed cost?

A 24×24 hobby room / she-shed from Steel and Stud starts at $8,500 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $177/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 24×24 hobby room / she-shed price?

Yes, every Steel and Stud hobby room / she-shed ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 24×24 hobby room / she-shed?

Almost always for 576+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud hobby room / she-shed different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates, no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 24×24 hobby room / she-shed need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don’t already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 24×24 hobby room / she-shed delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available, call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 24×24 hobby room / she-shed without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month’s payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $177/month on a 24×24 hobby room / she-shed.

What warranty comes with the 24×24 hobby room / she-shed?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 24×24 hobby room / she-shed in 3D before I order?

Yes, our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Does a 24×24 hobby room / she-shed add resale value to my home?

An enclosed 24×24 hobby room / she-shed typically adds $4,608–$6,912 in resale value per regional comp data, and most insurance carriers reduce premiums for indoor vehicle / equipment storage. Steel and Stud’s 20-year rust warranty transfers to the next owner.

Ready to build?

Your Hobby Room / She-Shed quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We’ll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install





$8,500.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from \/mo — No credit check
Green prefab metal building at dusk with lit picture windows showing a home hobby studio inside

24×24 Hobby Room / She-Shed

576 sq ft for compact garage, RV cover, or carport

24′ x 24′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 24×24 steel building delivers 576 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
Leg height adjustable up to 20'

$8,500.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from /mo — No credit check
Navy blue prefab metal building gym beside a backyard pool at dusk with warm lighting

24×24 Pool House

576 sq ft for compact garage, RV cover, or carport

24′ x 24′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 24×24 steel building delivers 576 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.

24×24 Pool House | Steel and Stud, From $8,500

12

24×24 Pool House
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$9,700$8,500SAVE $1,200
or $177/mo · $0 down · no credit check

HomeMetal Buildings24×24Pool House

★★★★★4.8(verified buyers)✓ Verified Buyers

24×24 Pool House, built for daily backyard use.

Our 24×24 pool house fits 24-foot widths and 24-foot lengths to give you a finished daily-use building without contractor pricing. Backyard pool owners use 24×24 buildings for a changing room, equipment closet, and.

You’re viewing:Pool House·Size24×24·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$8,500$9,700Save $1,200
or as low as $177/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You’ll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request, no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 24×24
24×24
this size
$8,500
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7′
8′
9′
10′ +$340
12′ +$640
14′ +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray

🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️

Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪

Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟

Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶

Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🌡️

Insulation Packageyear-round comfort & energy savings
🔩

Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋

Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness

Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method

Electrical Pre-Wireconduit run for licensed electrician
Customizations selected:
Customization subtotal:+$485
  • 576 sq ft enclosed
  • Lean-To Add-On
  • Half Enclosure
  • Vertical Roof
  • 180 mph wind certified
  • 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-24X24-POOL-HOUSEBuilt:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
🛡️
A+
BBB Accredited
4.8/5
customer rating
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
15,000+
Buildings
🇺🇸
48
States Served
We’ve provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your finished retreat layout.

24 feet wide × 24 feet long. Our 24×24 pool house fits 24-foot widths and 24-foot lengths to give you a finished daily-use building without contractor pricing.

Main loungeWet bar / Kitch.Bath / Storage24′ × 24′ · 576 sq ft · finished retreat layout

Main lounge · Wet bar / Kitch. · Bath / Storage

Main lounge at the front, wet bar / kitch. in the middle, bath / storage at the rear. Backyard pool owners use 24×24 buildings for a changing room, equipment closet, and covered outdoor lounge in one structure.

💡 Pro tip:Lean-To Available.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 24×24 Pool House in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer, drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim, mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote, what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
, or,

📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)

WHAT’S INCLUDED

Everything in your Pool House.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
576 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 24×24 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Pool House spec sheet.

Width24′
Length24′ + 6" overhang
Side height9′ standard
Floor space576 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use Pool House.

DAILY USEEveryday pool house
Everyday pool house
576 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a pool house.
STORAGE OVERFLOWpool house + seasonal storage
pool house + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add a partition, electrical, or insulation later.

FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

24×24 Pool House, what makes it different.

576sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$177/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 24×24 pool house is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use, not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install, really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all, fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $177/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 24×24?

576 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial, fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 24′ × 24′ footprint with 576 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $4,608–$6,912 added home value

PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from Pool House shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 24×24 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes, free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What’s the typical lead time for a 24×24 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month’s payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What’s covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud’s 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 24×24 Pool House buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 24×24 Pool House

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review


HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 15,000+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day, usually in under 8 minutes.

Complete your Pool House · Save 10% bundled

These add-ons ship and install with the same crew.

Browse all 28 add-ons →

Bundle & Save

🏗️
Concrete Pad Pour
25×25×4″ slab to engineered spec.
$2,592+ Add
Most Added

🌡
R-19 Insulation Package
Roof & wall batt, vinyl-faced.
$1,795+ Add
💧
Gutter & Downspout Kit
Seamless aluminum, color-matched.
$485+ Add
200-Amp Sub-Panel Pre-Wire
Conduit + sub-panel housing.
$695+ Add
CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose Pool House also viewed:

🏡 24×24

Single-Car Metal Garage

24×24 single-car metal garage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$8,500Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Single-Car Metal Garage →

🏡 24×24

Metal Workshop

24×24 metal workshop configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$8,500Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Metal Workshop →

🏡 24×24

Storage Shed

24×24 storage shed configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$8,500Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Storage Shed →

🏡 24×24

Backyard Home Office

24×24 backyard home office configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$8,500Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Backyard Home Office →

🏡 24×24

Hobby Room / She-Shed

24×24 hobby room / she-shed configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$8,500Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Hobby Room / She-Shed →

🌾 24×24

Garden Shed with Lean-To

24×24 garden shed with lean-to configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$9,150Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Garden Shed with Lean-To →

🌾 24×24

Tool Shed and Equipment Storage

24×24 tool shed and equipment storage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$9,150Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Tool Shed and Equipment Storage →

🎯 24×24

ATV and Toy Storage

24×24 atv and toy storage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$8,500Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize ATV and Toy Storage →

🎯 24×24

Motorcycle Garage and Workshop

24×24 motorcycle garage and workshop configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$8,500Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Motorcycle Garage and Workshop →

🏡 24×24

Carport with Storage Bay

24×24 carport with storage bay configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$8,500Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Carport with Storage Bay →

🏢 24×24

Small Business Storefront

24×24 small business storefront configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$10,350Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Small Business Storefront →

FREQUENTLY ASKED

Pool House questions, answered.

How much does a 24×24 pool house cost?

A 24×24 pool house from Steel and Stud starts at $8,500 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $177/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 24×24 pool house price?

Yes, every Steel and Stud pool house ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 24×24 pool house?

Almost always for 576+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud pool house different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates, no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 24×24 pool house need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don’t already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 24×24 pool house delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available, call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 24×24 pool house without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month’s payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $177/month on a 24×24 pool house.

What warranty comes with the 24×24 pool house?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 24×24 pool house in 3D before I order?

Yes, our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Does a 24×24 pool house add resale value to my home?

An enclosed 24×24 pool house typically adds $4,608–$6,912 in resale value per regional comp data, and most insurance carriers reduce premiums for indoor vehicle / equipment storage. Steel and Stud’s 20-year rust warranty transfers to the next owner.

Ready to build?

Your Pool House quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We’ll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install





$8,500.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from \/mo — No credit check
Navy blue prefab metal building gym beside a backyard pool at dusk with warm lighting

24×24 Pool House

576 sq ft for compact garage, RV cover, or carport

24′ x 24′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 24×24 steel building delivers 576 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
Leg height adjustable up to 20'

$8,500.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from /mo — No credit check
Green steel carport with enclosed sides sheltering a black pickup against mountain views

24×24 Garden Shed with Lean-To

576 sq ft for compact garage, RV cover, or carport

24′ x 24′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 24×24 steel building delivers 576 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.

24×24 Garden Shed with Lean-To | Steel and Stud, From $9,150

12

24×24 Garden Shed with Lean-To
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$10,450$9,150SAVE $1,300
or $191/mo · $0 down · no credit check

HomeMetal Buildings24×24Garden Shed with Lean-To

★★★★★4.8(verified buyers)✓ Verified Buyers

24×24 Garden Shed with Lean-To, built for farm and ranch demands.

Looking for a 24×24 garden shed with lean-to? At 576 sq ft, this footprint suits farm storage, tractor cover, or tack rooms. Gardeners running raised beds and a small orchard need more than a 24×24 plastic shed. 576 sq.

You’re viewing:Garden Shed with Lean-To·Size24×24·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$9,150$10,450Save $1,300
or as low as $191/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You’ll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request, no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 24×24
24×24
this size
$9,150
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7′
8′
9′
10′ +$340
12′ +$640
14′ +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray

🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️

Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪

Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟

Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶

Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🌡️

Insulation Packageyear-round comfort & energy savings
🔩

Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋

Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness

Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method

Electrical Pre-Wireconduit run for licensed electrician
Customizations selected:
Customization subtotal:+$485
  • 576 sq ft enclosed
  • Galvalume Roof
  • Sliding Barn Door
  • Lean-To
  • 180 mph wind certified
  • 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-24X24-GARDEN-SHED-LEANBuilt:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
🛡️
A+
BBB Accredited
4.8/5
customer rating
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
15,000+
Buildings
🇺🇸
48
States Served
We’ve provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your garden shed with lean-to layout.

24 feet wide × 24 feet long. Looking for a 24×24 garden shed with lean-to? At 576 sq ft, this footprint suits farm storage, tractor cover, or tack rooms.

↑ WINDOW WALL ↑Table SawBenchLumber Rack24′ × 24′ · 576 sq ft · garden shed with lean-to layout

Garden Shed with Lean-To layout.

Looking for a 24×24 garden shed with lean-to? At 576 sq ft, this footprint suits farm storage, tractor cover, or tack rooms. Gardeners running raised beds and a small orchard need more than a 24×24 plastic shed. 576 sq ft holds a potting bench, two wall-length tool racks, bagged soil pallets, and a wheelbarrow with room to maneuver. Add a 6-foot lean-to for tractor or UTV cover.

💡 Pro tip:Free Delivery.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 24×24 Garden Shed with Lean-To in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer, drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim, mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote, what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
, or,

📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)

WHAT’S INCLUDED

Everything in your Garden Shed with Lean-To.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
576 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 24×24 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Garden Shed with Lean-To spec sheet.

Width24′
Length24′ + 6" overhang
Side height9′ standard
Floor space576 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use Garden Shed with Lean-To.

DAILY USEEveryday garden shed with lean-to
Everyday garden shed with lean-to
576 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a garden shed with lean-to.
STORAGE OVERFLOWgarden shed with lean-to + seasonal storage
garden shed with lean-to + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add a partition, electrical, or insulation later.

FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

24×24 Garden Shed with Lean-To, what makes it different.

576sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$191/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 24×24 garden shed with lean-to is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use, not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install, really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all, fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $191/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 24×24?

576 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial, fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 24′ × 24′ footprint with 576 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $4,608–$6,912 added home value

PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from Garden Shed with Lean-To shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 24×24 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes, free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What’s the typical lead time for a 24×24 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month’s payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What’s covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud’s 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 24×24 Garden Shed with Lean-To buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 24×24 Garden Shed with Lean-To

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review


HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 15,000+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day, usually in under 8 minutes.

Complete your Garden Shed with Lean-To · Save 10% bundled

These add-ons ship and install with the same crew.

Browse all 28 add-ons →

Bundle & Save

🏗️
Concrete Pad Pour
25×25×4″ slab to engineered spec.
$2,592+ Add
Most Added

🌡
R-19 Insulation Package
Roof & wall batt, vinyl-faced.
$1,795+ Add
💧
Gutter & Downspout Kit
Seamless aluminum, color-matched.
$485+ Add
200-Amp Sub-Panel Pre-Wire
Conduit + sub-panel housing.
$695+ Add
CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose Garden Shed with Lean-To also viewed:

🏡 24×24

Single-Car Metal Garage

24×24 single-car metal garage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$8,500Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Single-Car Metal Garage →

🏡 24×24

Metal Workshop

24×24 metal workshop configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$8,500Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Metal Workshop →

🏡 24×24

Storage Shed

24×24 storage shed configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$8,500Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Storage Shed →

🏡 24×24

Backyard Home Office

24×24 backyard home office configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$8,500Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Backyard Home Office →

🏡 24×24

Hobby Room / She-Shed

24×24 hobby room / she-shed configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$8,500Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Hobby Room / She-Shed →

🏡 24×24

Pool House

24×24 pool house configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$8,500Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Pool House →

🌾 24×24

Tool Shed and Equipment Storage

24×24 tool shed and equipment storage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$9,150Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Tool Shed and Equipment Storage →

🎯 24×24

ATV and Toy Storage

24×24 atv and toy storage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$8,500Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize ATV and Toy Storage →

🎯 24×24

Motorcycle Garage and Workshop

24×24 motorcycle garage and workshop configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$8,500Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Motorcycle Garage and Workshop →

🏡 24×24

Carport with Storage Bay

24×24 carport with storage bay configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$8,500Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Carport with Storage Bay →

🏢 24×24

Small Business Storefront

24×24 small business storefront configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$10,350Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Small Business Storefront →

FREQUENTLY ASKED

Garden Shed with Lean-To questions, answered.

How much does a 24×24 garden shed with lean-to cost?

A 24×24 garden shed with lean-to from Steel and Stud starts at $9,150 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $191/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 24×24 garden shed with lean-to price?

Yes, every Steel and Stud garden shed with lean-to ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 24×24 garden shed with lean-to?

Almost always for 576+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud garden shed with lean-to different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates, no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 24×24 garden shed with lean-to need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don’t already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 24×24 garden shed with lean-to delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available, call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 24×24 garden shed with lean-to without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month’s payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $191/month on a 24×24 garden shed with lean-to.

What warranty comes with the 24×24 garden shed with lean-to?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 24×24 garden shed with lean-to in 3D before I order?

Yes, our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Will the 24×24 garden shed with lean-to stand up to livestock and Midwest weather?

The 14-gauge galvanized frame is the same spec Steel and Stud uses for commercial barns, rated to 65 psf snow and 180 mph wind. Ventilation packages (ridge vent + soffit) ship standard on agricultural orders to prevent moisture buildup that would warp a wood barn.

Ready to build?

Your Garden Shed with Lean-To quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We’ll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install





$9,150.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from \/mo — No credit check
Green steel carport with enclosed sides sheltering a black pickup against mountain views

24×24 Garden Shed with Lean-To

576 sq ft for compact garage, RV cover, or carport

24′ x 24′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 24×24 steel building delivers 576 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
Leg height adjustable up to 20'

$9,150.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from /mo — No credit check
Gray metal workshop with roll-up door, contractor pickup truck, and lumber stacks in the gravel yard

24×24 Tool Shed and Equipment Storage

576 sq ft for compact garage, RV cover, or carport

24′ x 24′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 24×24 steel building delivers 576 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.

24×24 Tool Shed and Equipment Storage | Steel and Stud, From $9,150

12

24×24 Tool Shed and Equipment Storage
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$10,450$9,150SAVE $1,300
or $191/mo · $0 down · no credit check

HomeMetal Buildings24×24Tool Shed and Equipment Storage

★★★★★4.8(verified buyers)✓ Verified Buyers

24×24 Tool Shed and Equipment Storage, built for farm and ranch demands.

Our 24×24 tool shed and equipment storage fits 24-foot widths and 24-foot lengths to give you durable cover that handles snow, wind, and feed loads. Hobby farmers and acreage owners park a compact tractor, two ATVs, and.

You’re viewing:Tool Shed and Equipment Storage·Size24×24·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$9,150$10,450Save $1,300
or as low as $191/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You’ll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request, no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 24×24
24×24
this size
$9,150
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7′
8′
9′
10′ +$340
12′ +$640
14′ +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray

🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️

Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪

Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟

Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶

Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🌡️

Insulation Packageyear-round comfort & energy savings
🔩

Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋

Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness

Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method

Electrical Pre-Wireconduit run for licensed electrician
Customizations selected:
Customization subtotal:+$485
  • 576 sq ft enclosed
  • 12′ Legs
  • 10×10 Roll-Up
  • 12 GA Frame
  • 180 mph wind certified
  • 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-24X24-TOOL-SHED-EQUIPMBuilt:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
🛡️
A+
BBB Accredited
4.8/5
customer rating
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
15,000+
Buildings
🇺🇸
48
States Served
We’ve provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your tool shed and equipment storage layout.

24 feet wide × 24 feet long. Our 24×24 tool shed and equipment storage fits 24-foot widths and 24-foot lengths to give you durable cover that handles snow, wind, and feed loads.

Pickup BayWORKSHOP24′ × 24′ · 576 sq ft · tool shed and equipment storage layout

Tool Shed and Equipment Storage layout.

Our 24×24 tool shed and equipment storage fits 24-foot widths and 24-foot lengths to give you durable cover that handles snow, wind, and feed loads. Hobby farmers and acreage owners park a compact tractor, two ATVs, and a UTV with attachments hung on the wall. 12-foot legs clear roll cages and ROPS bars. The 16-by-24 metal building footprint is the smallest that handles full-size lawn and garden equipment with a workbench.

💡 Pro tip:Wind Cert Available.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 24×24 Tool Shed and Equipment Storage in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer, drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim, mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote, what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
, or,

📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)

WHAT’S INCLUDED

Everything in your Tool Shed and Equipment Storage.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
576 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 24×24 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Tool Shed and Equipment Storage spec sheet.

Width24′
Length24′ + 6" overhang
Side height9′ standard
Floor space576 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use Tool Shed and Equipment Storage.

DAILY USEEveryday tool shed and equipment storage
Everyday tool shed and equipment storage
576 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a tool shed and equipment storage.
STORAGE OVERFLOWtool shed and equipment storage + seasonal storage
tool shed and equipment storage + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add a partition, electrical, or insulation later.

FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

24×24 Tool Shed and Equipment Storage, what makes it different.

576sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$191/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 24×24 tool shed and equipment storage is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use, not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install, really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all, fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $191/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 24×24?

576 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial, fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 24′ × 24′ footprint with 576 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $4,608–$6,912 added home value

PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from Tool Shed and Equipment Storage shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 24×24 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes, free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What’s the typical lead time for a 24×24 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month’s payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What’s covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud’s 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 24×24 Tool Shed and Equipment Storage buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 24×24 Tool Shed and Equipment Storage

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review


HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 15,000+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day, usually in under 8 minutes.

Complete your Tool Shed and Equipment Storage · Save 10% bundled

These add-ons ship and install with the same crew.

Browse all 28 add-ons →

Bundle & Save

🏗️
Concrete Pad Pour
25×25×4″ slab to engineered spec.
$2,592+ Add
Most Added

🌡
R-19 Insulation Package
Roof & wall batt, vinyl-faced.
$1,795+ Add
💧
Gutter & Downspout Kit
Seamless aluminum, color-matched.
$485+ Add
200-Amp Sub-Panel Pre-Wire
Conduit + sub-panel housing.
$695+ Add
CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose Tool Shed and Equipment Storage also viewed:

🏡 24×24

Single-Car Metal Garage

24×24 single-car metal garage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$8,500Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Single-Car Metal Garage →

🏡 24×24

Metal Workshop

24×24 metal workshop configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$8,500Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Metal Workshop →

🏡 24×24

Storage Shed

24×24 storage shed configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$8,500Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Storage Shed →

🏡 24×24

Backyard Home Office

24×24 backyard home office configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$8,500Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Backyard Home Office →

🏡 24×24

Hobby Room / She-Shed

24×24 hobby room / she-shed configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$8,500Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Hobby Room / She-Shed →

🏡 24×24

Pool House

24×24 pool house configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$8,500Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Pool House →

🌾 24×24

Garden Shed with Lean-To

24×24 garden shed with lean-to configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$9,150Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Garden Shed with Lean-To →

🎯 24×24

ATV and Toy Storage

24×24 atv and toy storage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$8,500Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize ATV and Toy Storage →

🎯 24×24

Motorcycle Garage and Workshop

24×24 motorcycle garage and workshop configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$8,500Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Motorcycle Garage and Workshop →

🏡 24×24

Carport with Storage Bay

24×24 carport with storage bay configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$8,500Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Carport with Storage Bay →

🏢 24×24

Small Business Storefront

24×24 small business storefront configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$10,350Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Small Business Storefront →

FREQUENTLY ASKED

Tool Shed and Equipment Storage questions, answered.

How much does a 24×24 tool shed and equipment storage cost?

A 24×24 tool shed and equipment storage from Steel and Stud starts at $9,150 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $191/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 24×24 tool shed and equipment storage price?

Yes, every Steel and Stud tool shed and equipment storage ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 24×24 tool shed and equipment storage?

Almost always for 576+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud tool shed and equipment storage different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates, no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 24×24 tool shed and equipment storage need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don’t already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 24×24 tool shed and equipment storage delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available, call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 24×24 tool shed and equipment storage without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month’s payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $191/month on a 24×24 tool shed and equipment storage.

What warranty comes with the 24×24 tool shed and equipment storage?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 24×24 tool shed and equipment storage in 3D before I order?

Yes, our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Will the 24×24 tool shed and equipment storage stand up to livestock and Midwest weather?

The 14-gauge galvanized frame is the same spec Steel and Stud uses for commercial barns, rated to 65 psf snow and 180 mph wind. Ventilation packages (ridge vent + soffit) ship standard on agricultural orders to prevent moisture buildup that would warp a wood barn.

Ready to build?

Your Tool Shed and Equipment Storage quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We’ll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install





$9,150.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from \/mo — No credit check
Gray metal workshop with roll-up door, contractor pickup truck, and lumber stacks in the gravel yard

24×24 Tool Shed and Equipment Storage

576 sq ft for compact garage, RV cover, or carport

24′ x 24′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 24×24 steel building delivers 576 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
Leg height adjustable up to 20'

$9,150.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from /mo — No credit check
Tan three bay metal garage storing an RV, boat and UTV near a mountain creek

24×24 ATV and Toy Storage

576 sq ft for compact garage, RV cover, or carport

24′ x 24′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 24×24 steel building delivers 576 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.

24×24 ATV and Toy Storage | Steel and Stud, From $8,500

12

24×24 ATV and Toy Storage
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$9,700$8,500SAVE $1,200
or $177/mo · $0 down · no credit check

HomeMetal Buildings24×24ATV and Toy Storage

★★★★★4.8(verified buyers)✓ Verified Buyers

24×24 ATV and Toy Storage, built for hobby and recreational use.

Built for recreational use without site-build cost, this 24×24 atv and toy storage packs 576 sq ft into a code-compliant shell. Two ATVs plus a small fishing boat on a trailer fit cleanly with 576 sq ft. The 16-foot.

You’re viewing:ATV and Toy Storage·Size24×24·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$8,500$9,700Save $1,200
or as low as $177/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You’ll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request, no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 24×24
24×24
this size
$8,500
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7′
8′
9′
10′ +$340
12′ +$640
14′ +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray

🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️

Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪

Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟

Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶

Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🌡️

Insulation Packageyear-round comfort & energy savings
🔩

Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋

Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness

Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method

Electrical Pre-Wireconduit run for licensed electrician
Customizations selected:
Customization subtotal:+$485
  • 576 sq ft enclosed
  • 10×8 Roll-Up
  • Vertical Roof
  • Anchored Concrete
  • 180 mph wind certified
  • 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-24X24-ATV-TOY-STORAGEBuilt:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
🛡️
A+
BBB Accredited
4.8/5
customer rating
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
15,000+
Buildings
🇺🇸
48
States Served
We’ve provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your toy-storage layout.

24 feet wide × 24 feet long. Built for recreational use without site-build cost, this 24×24 atv and toy storage packs 576 sq ft into a code-compliant shell.

↑ WINDOW WALL ↑ATV / bikesDaily driverTool wall24′ × 24′ · 576 sq ft · toy-storage layout

ATV / bikes · Daily driver · Tool wall

ATV / bikes at the front, daily driver in the middle, tool wall at the rear. Two ATVs plus a small fishing boat on a trailer fit cleanly with 576 sq ft.

💡 Pro tip:Coastal Cert.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 24×24 ATV and Toy Storage in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer, drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim, mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote, what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
, or,

📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)

WHAT’S INCLUDED

Everything in your ATV and Toy Storage.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
576 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 24×24 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

ATV and Toy Storage spec sheet.

Width24′
Length24′ + 6" overhang
Side height9′ standard
Floor space576 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use ATV and Toy Storage.

DAILY USEEveryday atv and toy storage
Everyday atv and toy storage
576 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a atv and toy storage.
STORAGE OVERFLOWatv and toy storage + seasonal storage
atv and toy storage + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add a partition, electrical, or insulation later.

FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

24×24 ATV and Toy Storage, what makes it different.

576sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$177/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 24×24 atv and toy storage is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use, not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install, really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all, fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $177/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 24×24?

576 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial, fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 24′ × 24′ footprint with 576 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $4,608–$6,912 added home value

PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from ATV and Toy Storage shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 24×24 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes, free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What’s the typical lead time for a 24×24 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month’s payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What’s covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud’s 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 24×24 ATV and Toy Storage buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 24×24 ATV and Toy Storage

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review


HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 15,000+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day, usually in under 8 minutes.

Complete your ATV and Toy Storage · Save 10% bundled

These add-ons ship and install with the same crew.

Browse all 28 add-ons →

Bundle & Save

🏗️
Concrete Pad Pour
25×25×4″ slab to engineered spec.
$2,592+ Add
Most Added

🌡
R-19 Insulation Package
Roof & wall batt, vinyl-faced.
$1,795+ Add
💧
Gutter & Downspout Kit
Seamless aluminum, color-matched.
$485+ Add
200-Amp Sub-Panel Pre-Wire
Conduit + sub-panel housing.
$695+ Add
CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose ATV and Toy Storage also viewed:

🏡 24×24

Single-Car Metal Garage

24×24 single-car metal garage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$8,500Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Single-Car Metal Garage →

🏡 24×24

Metal Workshop

24×24 metal workshop configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$8,500Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Metal Workshop →

🏡 24×24

Storage Shed

24×24 storage shed configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$8,500Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Storage Shed →

🏡 24×24

Backyard Home Office

24×24 backyard home office configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$8,500Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Backyard Home Office →

🏡 24×24

Hobby Room / She-Shed

24×24 hobby room / she-shed configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$8,500Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Hobby Room / She-Shed →

🏡 24×24

Pool House

24×24 pool house configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$8,500Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Pool House →

🌾 24×24

Garden Shed with Lean-To

24×24 garden shed with lean-to configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$9,150Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Garden Shed with Lean-To →

🌾 24×24

Tool Shed and Equipment Storage

24×24 tool shed and equipment storage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$9,150Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Tool Shed and Equipment Storage →

🎯 24×24

Motorcycle Garage and Workshop

24×24 motorcycle garage and workshop configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$8,500Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Motorcycle Garage and Workshop →

🏡 24×24

Carport with Storage Bay

24×24 carport with storage bay configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$8,500Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Carport with Storage Bay →

🏢 24×24

Small Business Storefront

24×24 small business storefront configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$10,350Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Small Business Storefront →

FREQUENTLY ASKED

ATV and Toy Storage questions, answered.

How much does a 24×24 atv and toy storage cost?

A 24×24 atv and toy storage from Steel and Stud starts at $8,500 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $177/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 24×24 atv and toy storage price?

Yes, every Steel and Stud atv and toy storage ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 24×24 atv and toy storage?

Almost always for 576+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud atv and toy storage different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates, no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 24×24 atv and toy storage need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don’t already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 24×24 atv and toy storage delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available, call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 24×24 atv and toy storage without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month’s payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $177/month on a 24×24 atv and toy storage.

What warranty comes with the 24×24 atv and toy storage?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 24×24 atv and toy storage in 3D before I order?

Yes, our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Can I insulate the 24×24 atv and toy storage for year-round use?

Yes, Steel and Stud offers R-13 wall + R-19 ceiling insulation packages, and the interior is drywall-ready. Most owners finish a atv and toy storage to a livable retreat in 2–3 weekends. Add a mini-split HVAC at checkout for full four-season comfort.

Ready to build?

Your ATV and Toy Storage quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We’ll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install





$8,500.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from \/mo — No credit check
Tan three bay metal garage storing an RV, boat and UTV near a mountain creek

24×24 ATV and Toy Storage

576 sq ft for compact garage, RV cover, or carport

24′ x 24′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 24×24 steel building delivers 576 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
Leg height adjustable up to 20'

$8,500.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from /mo — No credit check
Charcoal steel carport with enclosed sides sheltering a pickup and UTV under evening sky

24×24 Motorcycle Garage and Workshop

576 sq ft for compact garage, RV cover, or carport

24′ x 24′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 24×24 steel building delivers 576 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.

24×24 Motorcycle Garage and Workshop | Steel and Stud, From $8,500

12

24×24 Motorcycle Garage and Workshop
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$9,700$8,500SAVE $1,200
or $177/mo · $0 down · no credit check

HomeMetal Buildings24×24Motorcycle Garage and Workshop

★★★★★4.8(verified buyers)✓ Verified Buyers

24×24 Motorcycle Garage and Workshop, built for hobby and recreational use.

24×24 delivers 576 sq ft of hobby-ready motorcycle garage and workshop space. Riders with three to four bikes plus a lift table and tool chest land at this size after outgrowing a 24×24. 576 square feet holds the lift.

You’re viewing:Motorcycle Garage and Workshop·Size24×24·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$8,500$9,700Save $1,200
or as low as $177/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You’ll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request, no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 24×24
24×24
this size
$8,500
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7′
8′
9′
10′ +$340
12′ +$640
14′ +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray

🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️

Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪

Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟

Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶

Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🌡️

Insulation Packageyear-round comfort & energy savings
🔩

Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋

Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness

Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method

Electrical Pre-Wireconduit run for licensed electrician
Customizations selected:
Customization subtotal:+$485
  • 576 sq ft enclosed
  • Insulation Ready
  • Walk-In Door
  • Window Kit
  • 180 mph wind certified
  • 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-24X24-MOTORCYCLE-GARAGBuilt:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
🛡️
A+
BBB Accredited
4.8/5
customer rating
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
15,000+
Buildings
🇺🇸
48
States Served
We’ve provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your two-bay garage.

24 feet wide × 24 feet long. Two 9-ft doors, walk-in side entry. 24×24 delivers 576 sq ft of hobby-ready motorcycle garage and workshop space.

Vehicle bay 1Vehicle bay 2Workbench / tools24′ × 24′ · 576 sq ft · two-bay garage

Vehicle bay 1 · Vehicle bay 2 · Workbench / tools

Vehicle bay 1 at the front, vehicle bay 2 in the middle, workbench / tools at the rear. Capacity: 2 vehicles + small workshop. Riders with three to four bikes plus a lift table and tool chest land at this size after outgrowing a 24×24.

💡 Pro tip:Insulation Ready. Size affords: lift rough-in, air compressor, shop sink.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 24×24 Motorcycle Garage and Workshop in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer, drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim, mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote, what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
, or,

📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)

WHAT’S INCLUDED

Everything in your Motorcycle Garage and Workshop.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
576 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 24×24 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Motorcycle Garage and Workshop spec sheet.

Width24′
Length24′ + 6" overhang
Side height9′ standard
Floor space576 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use Motorcycle Garage and Workshop.

DAILY USEEveryday motorcycle garage and workshop
Everyday motorcycle garage and workshop
576 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a motorcycle garage and workshop.
STORAGE OVERFLOWmotorcycle garage and workshop + seasonal storage
motorcycle garage and workshop + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add a partition, electrical, or insulation later.

FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

24×24 Motorcycle Garage and Workshop, what makes it different.

576sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$177/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 24×24 motorcycle garage and workshop is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use, not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install, really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all, fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $177/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 24×24?

576 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial, fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 24′ × 24′ footprint with 576 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $4,608–$6,912 added home value

PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from Motorcycle Garage and Workshop shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 24×24 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes, free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What’s the typical lead time for a 24×24 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month’s payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What’s covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud’s 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 24×24 Motorcycle Garage and Workshop buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 24×24 Motorcycle Garage and Workshop

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review


HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 15,000+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day, usually in under 8 minutes.

Complete your Motorcycle Garage and Workshop · Save 10% bundled

These add-ons ship and install with the same crew.

Browse all 28 add-ons →

Bundle & Save

🏗️
Concrete Pad Pour
25×25×4″ slab to engineered spec.
$2,592+ Add
Most Added

🌡
R-19 Insulation Package
Roof & wall batt, vinyl-faced.
$1,795+ Add
💧
Gutter & Downspout Kit
Seamless aluminum, color-matched.
$485+ Add
200-Amp Sub-Panel Pre-Wire
Conduit + sub-panel housing.
$695+ Add
CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose Motorcycle Garage and Workshop also viewed:

🏡 24×24

Single-Car Metal Garage

24×24 single-car metal garage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$8,500Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Single-Car Metal Garage →

🏡 24×24

Metal Workshop

24×24 metal workshop configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$8,500Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Metal Workshop →

🏡 24×24

Storage Shed

24×24 storage shed configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$8,500Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Storage Shed →

🏡 24×24

Backyard Home Office

24×24 backyard home office configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$8,500Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Backyard Home Office →

🏡 24×24

Hobby Room / She-Shed

24×24 hobby room / she-shed configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$8,500Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Hobby Room / She-Shed →

🏡 24×24

Pool House

24×24 pool house configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$8,500Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Pool House →

🌾 24×24

Garden Shed with Lean-To

24×24 garden shed with lean-to configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$9,150Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Garden Shed with Lean-To →

🌾 24×24

Tool Shed and Equipment Storage

24×24 tool shed and equipment storage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$9,150Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Tool Shed and Equipment Storage →

🎯 24×24

ATV and Toy Storage

24×24 atv and toy storage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$8,500Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize ATV and Toy Storage →

🏡 24×24

Carport with Storage Bay

24×24 carport with storage bay configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$8,500Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Carport with Storage Bay →

🏢 24×24

Small Business Storefront

24×24 small business storefront configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$10,350Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Small Business Storefront →

FREQUENTLY ASKED

Motorcycle Garage and Workshop questions, answered.

How much does a 24×24 motorcycle garage and workshop cost?

A 24×24 motorcycle garage and workshop from Steel and Stud starts at $8,500 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $177/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 24×24 motorcycle garage and workshop price?

Yes, every Steel and Stud motorcycle garage and workshop ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 24×24 motorcycle garage and workshop?

Almost always for 576+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud motorcycle garage and workshop different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates, no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 24×24 motorcycle garage and workshop need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don’t already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 24×24 motorcycle garage and workshop delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available, call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 24×24 motorcycle garage and workshop without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month’s payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $177/month on a 24×24 motorcycle garage and workshop.

What warranty comes with the 24×24 motorcycle garage and workshop?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 24×24 motorcycle garage and workshop in 3D before I order?

Yes, our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Can I insulate the 24×24 motorcycle garage and workshop for year-round use?

Yes, Steel and Stud offers R-13 wall + R-19 ceiling insulation packages, and the interior is drywall-ready. Most owners finish a motorcycle garage and workshop to a livable retreat in 2–3 weekends. Add a mini-split HVAC at checkout for full four-season comfort.

Ready to build?

Your Motorcycle Garage and Workshop quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We’ll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install





$8,500.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from \/mo — No credit check
Charcoal steel carport with enclosed sides sheltering a pickup and UTV under evening sky

24×24 Motorcycle Garage and Workshop

576 sq ft for compact garage, RV cover, or carport

24′ x 24′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 24×24 steel building delivers 576 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
Leg height adjustable up to 20'

$8,500.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from /mo — No credit check
Tan steel structure with brown roll-up door and covered lean-to work porch beside a lawn

24×24 Carport with Storage Bay

576 sq ft for compact garage, RV cover, or carport

24′ x 24′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 24×24 steel building delivers 576 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.

24×24 Carport with Storage Bay | Steel and Stud, From $8,500

12

24×24 Carport with Storage Bay
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$9,700$8,500SAVE $1,200
or $177/mo · $0 down · no credit check

HomeMetal Buildings24×24Carport with Storage Bay

★★★★★4.8(verified buyers)✓ Verified Buyers

24×24 Carport with Storage Bay, built for daily backyard use.

24×24 delivers 576 sq ft of everyday carport with storage bay space. One car parks under cover; the back room locks down tools, tires, and yard equipment. Cheapest configuration on this footprint.

You’re viewing:Carport with Storage Bay·Size24×24·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$8,500$9,700Save $1,200
or as low as $177/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You’ll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request, no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 24×24
24×24
this size
$8,500
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7′
8′
9′
10′ +$340
12′ +$640
14′ +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray

🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️

Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪

Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟

Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶

Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🌡️

Insulation Packageyear-round comfort & energy savings
🔩

Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋

Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness

Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method

Electrical Pre-Wireconduit run for licensed electrician
Customizations selected:
Customization subtotal:+$485
  • 576 sq ft enclosed
  • Partial Enclosure
  • Open Front
  • Boxed Eave
  • 180 mph wind certified
  • 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-24X24-CARPORT-STORAGE-Built:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
🛡️
A+
BBB Accredited
4.8/5
customer rating
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
15,000+
Buildings
🇺🇸
48
States Served
We’ve provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your open-cover layout.

24 feet wide × 24 feet long. 24×24 delivers 576 sq ft of everyday carport with storage bay space.

Cover bayPillar zoneApproach apron24′ × 24′ · 576 sq ft · open-cover layout

Cover bay · Pillar zone · Approach apron

Cover bay at the front, pillar zone in the middle, approach apron at the rear. One car parks under cover; the back room locks down tools, tires, and yard equipment.

💡 Pro tip:From $5,650.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 24×24 Carport with Storage Bay in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer, drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim, mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote, what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
, or,

📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)

WHAT’S INCLUDED

Everything in your Carport with Storage Bay.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
576 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 24×24 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Carport with Storage Bay spec sheet.

Width24′
Length24′ + 6" overhang
Side height9′ standard
Floor space576 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use Carport with Storage Bay.

DAILY USEEveryday carport with storage bay
Everyday carport with storage bay
576 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a carport with storage bay.
STORAGE OVERFLOWcarport with storage bay + seasonal storage
carport with storage bay + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add a partition, electrical, or insulation later.

FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

24×24 Carport with Storage Bay, what makes it different.

576sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$177/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 24×24 carport with storage bay is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use, not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install, really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all, fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $177/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 24×24?

576 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial, fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 24′ × 24′ footprint with 576 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $4,608–$6,912 added home value

PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from Carport with Storage Bay shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 24×24 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes, free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What’s the typical lead time for a 24×24 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month’s payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What’s covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud’s 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 24×24 Carport with Storage Bay buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 24×24 Carport with Storage Bay

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review


HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 15,000+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day, usually in under 8 minutes.

Complete your Carport with Storage Bay · Save 10% bundled

These add-ons ship and install with the same crew.

Browse all 28 add-ons →

Bundle & Save

🏗️
Concrete Pad Pour
25×25×4″ slab to engineered spec.
$2,592+ Add
Most Added

🌡
R-19 Insulation Package
Roof & wall batt, vinyl-faced.
$1,795+ Add
💧
Gutter & Downspout Kit
Seamless aluminum, color-matched.
$485+ Add
200-Amp Sub-Panel Pre-Wire
Conduit + sub-panel housing.
$695+ Add
CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose Carport with Storage Bay also viewed:

🏡 24×24

Single-Car Metal Garage

24×24 single-car metal garage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$8,500Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Single-Car Metal Garage →

🏡 24×24

Metal Workshop

24×24 metal workshop configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$8,500Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Metal Workshop →

🏡 24×24

Storage Shed

24×24 storage shed configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$8,500Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Storage Shed →

🏡 24×24

Backyard Home Office

24×24 backyard home office configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$8,500Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Backyard Home Office →

🏡 24×24

Hobby Room / She-Shed

24×24 hobby room / she-shed configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$8,500Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Hobby Room / She-Shed →

🏡 24×24

Pool House

24×24 pool house configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$8,500Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Pool House →

🌾 24×24

Garden Shed with Lean-To

24×24 garden shed with lean-to configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$9,150Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Garden Shed with Lean-To →

🌾 24×24

Tool Shed and Equipment Storage

24×24 tool shed and equipment storage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$9,150Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Tool Shed and Equipment Storage →

🎯 24×24

ATV and Toy Storage

24×24 atv and toy storage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$8,500Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize ATV and Toy Storage →

🎯 24×24

Motorcycle Garage and Workshop

24×24 motorcycle garage and workshop configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$8,500Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Motorcycle Garage and Workshop →

🏢 24×24

Small Business Storefront

24×24 small business storefront configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$10,350Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Small Business Storefront →

FREQUENTLY ASKED

Carport with Storage Bay questions, answered.

How much does a 24×24 carport with storage bay cost?

A 24×24 carport with storage bay from Steel and Stud starts at $8,500 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $177/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 24×24 carport with storage bay price?

Yes, every Steel and Stud carport with storage bay ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 24×24 carport with storage bay?

Almost always for 576+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud carport with storage bay different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates, no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 24×24 carport with storage bay need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don’t already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 24×24 carport with storage bay delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available, call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 24×24 carport with storage bay without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month’s payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $177/month on a 24×24 carport with storage bay.

What warranty comes with the 24×24 carport with storage bay?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 24×24 carport with storage bay in 3D before I order?

Yes, our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Does a 24×24 carport with storage bay add resale value to my home?

An enclosed 24×24 carport with storage bay typically adds $4,608–$6,912 in resale value per regional comp data, and most insurance carriers reduce premiums for indoor vehicle / equipment storage. Steel and Stud’s 20-year rust warranty transfers to the next owner.

Ready to build?

Your Carport with Storage Bay quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We’ll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install





$8,500.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from \/mo — No credit check
Tan steel structure with brown roll-up door and covered lean-to work porch beside a lawn

24×24 Carport with Storage Bay

576 sq ft for compact garage, RV cover, or carport

24′ x 24′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 24×24 steel building delivers 576 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
Leg height adjustable up to 20'

$8,500.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from /mo — No credit check

Not Sure Which Size? Build Your Carport in 3D and See Your Price Instantly

Flexible Payment Options

3 Ways to Pay - Pick What Works

No need to pay full price today. Choose from standard deposit, easy monthly financing, or rent-to-own with zero credit check. Every option includes free delivery & professional installation.

Monthly Financing

Affordable monthly payments, competitive rates.

Down PaymentVaries by lender
MonthlyAs low as $89/mo
Terms12 to 72 months
Credit CheckRequired
Best ForLarger structures
Check My Rate

Rent-to-Own

No credit check. Low monthly payments.

Down PaymentFirst month only
MonthlyAs low as $49/mo
Terms24 to 60 months
Credit CheckNot required
Best ForBudget-friendly option
Start RTO Application
Instant Estimate

Metal Carport Price Calculator

Enter your desired dimensions and options below for an instant price estimate. Contact us for a certified, site-specific quote.

ESTIMATED PRICE RANGE $9,200 - $10,300

Estimate based on standard configuration. Contact us for exact certified pricing.

View Presets, Inventory Matches & Details

Presets & Calculator Data

Custom estimate

Enter a size and state to generate an estimated range and route correctly.

Size Selected 24 × 40 × 10
Floor Area 960 sq ft
Location FactorStandard
Inventory MatchNo exact match
Recommended Path3D Builder

Inventory Alternatives

4-8 Weeks Current Lead Time — 127 Carports Ordered This Month Alone

Why Steel and Stud

6 Reasons to Choose a Steel Carport

A prefabricated steel carport is the most cost-effective way to protect your vehicles, boats and equipment. Here is why 15,000+ property owners chose Steel and Stud.

🧮

Free Installation Included

Every tubular steel carport order includes free professional installation by a certified crew across all 48 contiguous states. No hidden assembly fees. Just confirm your site is level and we handle the rest.

🌟

20-Year Warranty on 12-Gauge

Our 12-gauge galvanized steel frames carry a 20-year limited rust-through warranty backed by the manufacturer. 14-gauge frames include a full workmanship warranty. Steel structures genuinely last decades.

💰

Factory-Direct Pricing

We work directly with multiple manufacturers, cutting out distributor markups. In most cases our prices beat the manufacturer's own direct pricing. 40-60% less than comparable wood or concrete construction.

🌞

12 Color Options Included

Choose from 12 standard powder-coat colors at no additional cost. Galvanized and primer finishes also available. Your color choice will not affect your price or lead time.

Engineered for Your Climate

All structures are designed to meet local wind speed and snow load requirements. 12-gauge certified frames are available for high-wind coastal zones, heavy-snow mountain regions and tornado-prone states.

🔭

Multiple Manufacturers, One Source

We partner with multiple vetted manufacturers nationwide so you always get the closest installer, the fastest lead time, and competitive pricing for your specific location and climate zone.

Choose the Right Roof

Regular vs A-Frame vs Vertical Roof Carport

Selecting the right roof style affects weather performance, aesthetics, price and longevity. Here is how each option compares across key factors.

Regular / Horizontal

Most affordable, simple design

Lowest starting price
Fastest lead time
Moderate rain and snow shedding
Horizontal roof panels
Not ideal for heavy snow areas
Best for mild climates

Vertical Roof

Best performance, highest durability

Superior snow and rain shedding
Panels run vertically top-to-bottom
No standing water or debris ponding
Ideal for heavy snow regions
Price premium (+15%)
Recommended for all climates
Verified Reviews

What Carport Owners Say

Real customers, real installs. See why 15,000+ property owners chose Steel and Stud for their metal carport.

★★★★★
4.8 out of 5 based on 2,847 verified customer reviews
★★★★★

"All my questions were answered and I believe I got the best possible deal. The installation went very smoothly and was completed in one day even though scheduled to take two. The crew of four arrived at 8AM and worked through to 10PM."

VB
Verified Buyer
Verified Customer
Steel Garage
★★★★★

"I had a tight schedule. Bill kept in touch and did everything that he promised."

RS
Ron Sigrist
Verified Customer
Metal Carport
★★★★★

"I ordered two carports for the Healthy Schools Healthy Communities grant in Cabool, MO. Bill went above and beyond — thorough on every detail, called me right back, walked me through the whole order. He even followed up on instructions for the slab pour."

HS
Grant Coordinator
Cabool, MO
Metal Carports
Common Questions

Metal Carport FAQ

Everything you need to know before ordering your steel carport: pricing, installation, permits, warranties, anchoring and dimensions.

Although this can be done with one person, we recommend having at least two people on hand to ensure safety. You can enlist the help of as many people as you like. All tubular steel orders from Steel and Stud include professional installation by a certified crew, so you do not need to self-install unless you specifically choose a DIY kit.

Carports and More Inc. has manufacturers that install in 48 contiguous states. Parts of some states are not covered by the manufacturer used for online pricing. If an order is placed and your location is not in a covered area, we will call you with the correct pricing for your area before proceeding.

Absolutely. You can install the building yourself. In most states, there is a 5% discount for self-installed buildings. The materials can be delivered to your location or picked up at the nearest factory. Contact us for current availability and self-install options in your state.

Manufacturers aim to install units within a 4-week period from the time an approved order is received. In some cases it is done sooner; however, it can take longer depending on the time of year, your location, and seasonal demand. Areas with extreme winter weather may close temporarily. Buildings over 24 feet wide require special construction and can take longer to manufacture.

Most standard carport units are constructed in just a few hours. It may take up to two days depending on the size and complexity of the building. Large triple-wide or commercial-span carports may require a second day for proper installation and inspection.

The key to a successful installation is a flat, level surface. Site preparation and building permits are the responsibility of the customer. You have approximately 2 to 3 inches of adjustment available during installation to account for minor grade differences. If your lot is significantly out of level, materials to level the site must be on hand when the crew arrives.

Re-bar and pin anchors (1/2-inch diameter, 36-inch long) are included for ground and asphalt installations. Concrete anchor bolts are used on concrete slabs at no extra charge. Mobile home auger anchors are available for ground installation at an additional cost. In several states, units enclosed on three sides require a minimum of four mobile home augers for ground installations.

Yes. You have 12 standard colors to choose from at no additional charge. Color selection does not affect your price. Galvanized and primer finishes are also available. Your color selection is made at the time of order and cannot be changed after fabrication begins.

Permit requirements vary by city, county and state. You should contact your local building department before ordering. All permit requirements such as set-backs must be resolved before ordering because once engineering plans are sent, your deposit becomes non-refundable. Generic engineered plans are available in most states. States requiring building-specific plans and calculations include CO, ID, MT, ND, NE, NJ, OR, SD, UT, WA and WY. Contact us if you have questions about your area.

The vertical roof allows water, snow and debris to run off quickly without ponding. The vertical panel orientation prevents accumulation and is especially recommended in high snow-load areas. If you are in a state with significant annual snowfall or heavy seasonal rain, the vertical roof upgrade is strongly recommended even though it carries a modest price premium.

Sizes are shown as width x length x leg height. Width is measured from outside to outside of each base rail. Length is measured by the roof metal, which includes a 6-inch overhang on each end, so the base rail is 1 foot shorter than the roof length. Height is measured by the actual leg on the outer wall. Standard-style roof units will be 1 foot taller at the sidewall than the selected leg height.

The frames are available in either 14-gauge or 12-gauge galvanized steel tubing. The roof, side and end panels are 29-gauge steel with a painted finish. Galvanized frames provide corrosion resistance. 12-gauge is 2.5mm thick; 14-gauge is 1.9mm thick. Lower gauge equals thicker, stronger steel.

14-gauge frame units carry a 30-day workmanship warranty. 12-gauge frames include both the 30-day workmanship warranty and a 20-year limited rust-through warranty on the framing, assuming normal user care and maintenance. Warranty coverage begins on the date of installation.

Yes; however, your deposit may not be fully refundable. You have 3 days from the date of order confirmation to cancel and receive a full refund. Cancellations must be in writing. After 3 days, deposits may be applied as credit toward any future purchase within 3 years. Deposits on custom-size units are non-refundable. Installation timing delays alone are not a valid reason for cancellation.

No. In most cases our prices are the same as or lower than ordering direct from the manufacturer. We work with multiple manufacturers and can often source your structure from the most competitive option for your location, size and timing, something a single manufacturer cannot do for you.

Yes. Extensions, lean-tos, sidewalls and doors can be added after installation, though there may be an additional service charge. If you plan to eventually enclose a carport with walk-in or roll-up doors, your original leg height must be 6 feet or taller to allow for standard door frames.

Slab requirements vary by manufacturer. Please contact us before pouring your concrete slab to confirm exact dimensions and anchor bolt placement for your specific carport model. Pouring the wrong size slab can delay installation.

12-foot legs are standard and available on all units. Longer legs may be available for special applications such as RV clearance or commercial-height requirements. Contact us if you need legs taller than 12 feet and we will confirm availability for your chosen structure type.

The balance due is paid directly to the manufacturer after your carport is fully installed and you are satisfied. The manufacturer accepts cash, check and credit card. They will confirm accepted payment methods when they contact you to schedule installation. PayPal is not accepted directly by the manufacturer but can be arranged through Steel and Stud with applicable processing fees. If you prefer not to pay the full balance at once, ask about our monthly financing or rent-to-own (RTO) options — both are available and let you own your carport with as little as the first month's payment down.

Yes — Steel and Stud offers three flexible payment paths: (1) Standard Payment — pay a deposit now, balance after install, zero interest; (2) Monthly Financing — competitive rates from $89/mo over 12–72 months with a soft credit pull; and (3) Rent-to-Own (RTO) — as low as $49/mo with no credit check required, first month's payment as the only down payment, and an early buyout option available at any time. RTO is available on most residential carport sizes. View all financing options →

Gauge refers to the thickness of the steel tubing: lower gauge means thicker steel. 12-gauge is 2.5mm thick and is the stronger, more durable option backed by a 20-year rust-through warranty. 14-gauge is 1.9mm thick, lighter and more affordable, carrying a 30-day workmanship warranty. For heavy snow loads, high winds or long-term investment, 12-gauge is always recommended.

Standard single-car carports (12x21, 15x21) start at $1,195 with free delivery and installation on tubular steel orders. Two-car carports (18x21, 20x21) range from $1,595 to $2,595 depending on roof style and gauge. Triple-wide carports (24x29 and larger) start around $3,895. Large commercial spans (20x38+, 24x45+) start at $5,195 and up. Contact us for a precise quote including your location, size and options.

Get Your Free Quote

Request a Free Carport Quote

Tell us about your project and a building specialist will contact you within 2 hours with a personalized, no-obligation price quote.

Why Request a Quote?

Fast ResponseAverage response time under 2 hours. Most quotes same day.
No Hidden FeesYour quote includes all standard features. Tubular orders include delivery and installation.
Low Deposit to StartDeposit varies by project scope. Balance due only after installation.
Zero ObligationGet your quote, compare options, decide when you are ready.
1-877-275-7048 Mon to Fri 8AM to 6PM EST

Metal Carport Sizes and Dimensions Guide

Metal carport dimensions follow a standard width x length x leg height format. Width runs from 10 feet to 40 feet for standard tubular steel units. Length is effectively unlimited in increments. Leg height starts at 6 feet for standard single-car carports and goes up to 12 feet as a standard option, with taller legs available on request.

Single-car carports (12 to 15 feet wide, 21 feet long) are the most affordable option starting at $1,195. Two-car carports (18 to 22 feet wide) are the most popular category, covering two standard vehicles with room to open doors. Triple-wide carports (24+ feet wide) accommodate three vehicles, trucks, boats or large equipment.

When planning your site, remember that the base rail is 1 foot shorter than the roof length due to 6-inch overhangs on each end. If you need exactly 40 feet of enclosed coverage, order a 41-foot length carport. Contact our team to confirm the right dimensions before ordering.

How Much Does a Metal Carport Cost in 2026?

Metal carport prices in 2026 range from $1,195 for a basic 12x21 single-car carport up to $9,000 or more for a large 30x50 commercial-span structure. All tubular steel carport prices from Steel and Stud include free delivery and professional installation.

Key pricing factors include: Width (wider carports cost more per linear foot), Length (additional bays add proportional cost), Leg Height (taller legs cost more), Roof Style (vertical adds ~15% over regular), and Frame Gauge (12-gauge adds ~12% over 14-gauge but adds a 20-year warranty).

DIY carport kits cost less because installation labor is excluded, but most property owners find the free professional installation included in tubular steel orders to be a significant value. A crew that installs 50 carports per week consistently outperforms a first-time DIY attempt.

Metal Carport Installation: What to Expect

After your order is confirmed and your deposit placed, the manufacturer assigns an installation crew for your region. Current lead times run 4 to 8 weeks depending on your location, structure size and seasonal demand. You will be contacted within 60 days of ordering to schedule your installation date.

Site requirements before the crew arrives: a flat, level surface (within 2-3 inches), clear access for a delivery truck, and any permit posted or available. Concrete pads are preferred but not required for ground or gravel installations. The installation crew typically completes a standard single or two-car carport in 3 to 6 hours. Larger triple-wide or tall-clearance units may require a full day.

Balance payment is made directly to the manufacturer after your carport is installed and you are satisfied with the result. Financing and rent-to-own options are available through Steel and Stud for customers who prefer monthly payments. View financing options or request your free quote to get started today.

Related Metal Building Categories

Looking for something larger or more enclosed? Explore our full range: enclosed steel garages from $3,195, metal barns for agricultural use, tall clearance RV and boat covers, barndominium shells for combined living and working space, and all commercial steel building types. Every product category includes the same factory-direct pricing and professional service.

Ready to Protect Your Vehicles with a Steel Carport?

Join 15,000+ property owners who chose Steel and Stud. Factory-direct pricing with free delivery and installation on all tubular steel orders.

View Cart